Anda di halaman 1dari 234

Copyright © 2009 by Tim Penyusun and PT Intan Pariwara.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system,


or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without prior written
permission of the publisher.
© Hak cipta dilindungi undang-undang, 2009 pada Tim Penyusun dan hak penerbitan pada PT Intan Pariwara, Anggota IKAPI Nomor
016/JTE/79, Nomor Kode Penerbitan IP/78/2009.
Dilarang mencetak ulang, menyimpan dalam sistem retrival, atau memindahkan dalam bentuk apa pun dan dengan cara bagaimanapun,
elektronik, mekanik, fotokopi, rekaman, dan sebagainya, tanpa izin tertulis dari penerbit.
Kode file IP2_BING7A_PG09.

Penyusun: Arif Rahman, Marta Yuliani, Sugeng Aryanto; Editor: Cicik Kurniawati, Yuniarti D. Arini; Ilustrator: Agung Suroso, Andi
Kurniawan, Aris Partomo, Nunung Suparna, Rio Kuswanto; Desainer kover: Aris Partomo; Perwajahan: M. Andina Risky D., M. Aris
Wibowo, M.M. Endang Iriyanti.
Penanggung jawab produksi: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana.
Dicetak oleh: PT Macanan Jaya Cemerlang, Kotak Pos 181, Klaten 57438, Indonesia (isi di luar tanggung jawab percetakan).

PT Intan Pariwara

Jalan Ki Hajar Dewantoro, Kotak Pos 111, Klaten 57438, Indonesia,


Telp. (0272) 322441, Fax (0272) 322607, e-mail: intan@intanpariwara.co.id
Layanan Konsumen: 0272 - 310 - 1515, e-mail: cs@intanpariwara.co.id
Bapak/Ibu Guru tentu sudah memahami bahwa Pemerintah telah menetapkan buku-buku yang
layak dipakai di dalam proses belajar mengajar. Buku-buku (BSE) itu dapat diunduh melalui internet
oleh siapa saja dan tidak dipungut biaya. Siapa pun bisa menggunakannya. Namun ternyata, itu saja
belum cukup. Siswa masih memerlukan bahan latihan agar kompetensi mereka benar-benar terukur.
Kenyataannya tidak banyak buku latihan yang sesuai dengan kebutuhan siswa dan guru. Salah satu
buku yang selalu ditunggu kehadirannya adalah buku PR Bahasa Inggris yang dilengkapi Pegangan
Guru (PG).
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris sudah terbit dalam beberapa edisi. Bapak/Ibu Guru yang sudah
menggunakan buku latihan ini beserta PG-nya mengakui kebergunaan materi yang ada dalam buku
ini pada saat mengajar. Mereka merasa sangat terbantu dengan adanya buku PR Bahasa Inggris
karena materinya selalu aktual dan mendukung tercapainya kompetensi. Dengan demikian, siswa
mempunyai banyak kesempatan berlatih mengembangkan kemampuan mereka, baik secara lisan
(spoken) maupun tertulis (written).
Kali ini buku PR Bahasa Inggris yang juga dilengkapi PG kembali hadir dengan beberapa
peningkatan mutu. Perubahan itu atas masukan Bapak/Ibu Guru yang sudah menggunakan buku
latihan ini. Salah satunya adalah disediakannya materi akhir unit di buku siswa (disebut Assessment)
dan juga di Pegangan Guru (disebut Review). Materi akhir unit di buku Pegangan Guru (Review)
tidak ada di buku siswa. Dengan demikian, Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat memberi bentuk latihan akhir unit
yang berbeda dengan yang ada di buku siswa. Kedua materi itu belum ada di buku Pegangan Guru
PR Bahasa Inggris edisi sebelumnya.
Penyusun sangat berharap buku latihan ini sesuai dengan keinginan Bapak/Ibu Guru. Buku ini
juga kami harapkan benar-benar dapat membantu siswa meningkatkan kompetensi mereka dan
membantu Bapak/Ibu Guru menciptakan generasi penerus yang cerdas.
Penyusun tetap mengharapkan masukan Bapak/Ibu Guru guna penyempurnaan dan
pengembangan buku latihan ini.

Klaten, April 2009

Penyusun

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 iii


Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk
Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VII SMP/MTs

Minggu Efektif Waktu Pembelajaran Waktu Pembelajaran Jumlah Jam


Alokasi
Komponen Per Tahun Per Tahun Per Tahun Per Tahun
Waktu
Ajaran (jam pembelajaran) (menit) (@ 60 menit)

A. Mata Pelajaran
1. Pendidikan Agama 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
2. Pendidikan
Kewarganegaraan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
3. Bahasa Indonesia 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
4. Bahasa Inggris 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
5. Matematika 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
6. IPA 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
7. IPS 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
8. Seni Budaya dan
Keterampilan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
9. Pendidikan
Jasmani, Olahraga,
dan Kesehatan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
10. Keterampilan/TIK 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3040 45–51

B. Muatan Lokal 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

Jumlah 32 374–418 1.088–1.216 43.520–48.640 725–811

Diolah dari Lampiran Peraturan Mendiknas RI Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah:
Bab II Kerangka Dasar dan Struktur Kurikulum, Bab III Beban Belajar.
Keterangan:
1. Satuan pendidikan dimungkinkan menambah maksimum 4 jam pelajaran per minggu secara keseluruhan.
2. Alokasi waktu satu jam pembelajaran adalah 40 menit.
3. Cara menghitung:
a. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (Jam Pembelajaran) = Alokasi Waktu × Minggu Efektif Per Tahun
b. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (JP) × 1 Jam Pembelajaran (menit)
c. Jumlah Jam Per Tahun = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) : 60 menit
4. Pengembangan diri bukan merupakan mata pelajaran yang harus diasuh oleh guru. Pengembangan diri bertujuan memberikan
kesempatan kepada peserta didik untuk mengembangkan dan mengekspresikan diri sesuai kebutuhan, bakat, dan minat setiap
peserta didik sesuai dengan kondisi sekolah.
5. *) Ekuivalen 2 jam pembelajaran.

Alokasi Waktu Kegiatan Tatap Muka Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VII Semester 1

Waktu Pembelajaran Waktu Pembelajaran Jumlah Jam


Alokasi Minggu Efektif
Mata Pelajaran Per Semester Per Semester Per Semester
Waktu Per Semester
(jam pembelajaran) (menit) (@ 60 menit)

4. Bahasa Inggris 4 17–19 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

iv Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VII SMP/MTs
Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 2006
tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah
Lampiran 2 : Standar Kompetensi dan Kompetensi Dasar
Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris untuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP)/Madrasah Tsanawiyah (MTs)
Kelas VII, Semester 1

Standar Kompetensi Kompetensi Dasar

Mendengarkan
1. Memahami makna dalam per- 1.1 Merespon makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
cakapan transaksional dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) yang menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangat sederhana
interpersonal sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang
untuk berinteraksi dengan melibatkan tindak tutur: menyapa orang yang belum/sudah dikenal, memperkenalkan
lingkungan terdekat diri sendiri/orang lain, dan memerintah atau melarang
1.2 Merespon makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
interpersonal (bersosialisasi) yang menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangat
sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan
terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi informasi, mengucapkan
terima kasih, meminta maaf, dan mengungkapkan kesantunan

2. Memahami makna dalam teks 2.1 Merespon makna tindak tutur yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat
lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan
sederhana untuk berinteraksi terdekat
dengan lingkungan terdekat 2.2 Merespon makna gagasan yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat
sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan
terdekat

Berbicara
3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam 3.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangat
interpersonal sangat sederhana sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima
untuk berinteraksi dengan 3.2 Melakukan interaksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: menyapa
lingkungan terdekat orang yang belum/sudah dikenal, memperkenalkan diri sendiri/orang lain, dan
memerintah atau melarang
3.3 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
interpersonal (bersosialisasi) dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangat
sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan
terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi informasi, mengucapkan
terima kasih, meminta maaf, dan mengungkapkan kesantunan

4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam 4.1 Mengungkapkan makna tindak tutur dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat
teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan
sederhana untuk berinteraksi terdekat
dengan lingkungan terdekat 4.2 Mengungkapkan makna gagasan dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana
secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat

Membaca
5. Memahami makna dalam teks 5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna kata, frasa, dan kalimat dengan ucapan, tekanan dan
tulis fungsional pendek sangat intonasi yang berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat
sederhana yang berkaitan dengan 5.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana
lingkungan terdekat secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat

Menulis
6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks 6.1 Mengungkapkan makna gagasan dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana
tulis fungsional pendek sangat dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk
sederhana untuk berinteraksi berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
dengan lingkungan terdekat 6.2 Mengungkapkan langkah retorika dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana
dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk
berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 v


SILABUS 1– 39
– Unit 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
– Unit 2 Don’t . . . !
– Unit 3 Thank You
– Unit 4 What do You Do?

UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana 41– 88


– Greeting and Parting
– Introducing Yourself and Other People
– To be: is, am, are
– This, That, These, Those
– Spoken Messages and Birthday Cards

UNIT 2 Don’t . . . ! 89–126


– Asking Someone to Do Something
– Asking Someone not to Do Something
– Articles: a, an, the
– There is/There are
– Cardinal Numbers
– Prepositions: in, at, on, behind, near, beside, in front of, under, above
– How Many
– Spoken and Written Notices

UNIT 3 Thank You 127–164


– Expressing Gratitude
– Apologizing
– Verb: Have/Has
– Pronouns as a Subject and as an Object
– Ordinal Numbers: First, Second, Third, . . .
– Days, Months and Years
– Spoken Messages and Gratitude Cards

UNIT 4 What do You Do? 165–214


– Asking for and Giving Information
– Saying Something Politely
– Possessive Adjactives
– The Simple Present Tense: Showing Daily Routines
– Telling Time
– Kinds of Professions
– Spoken Notices and Letters

Latihan Ulangan Semester 215–225

Daftar Pustaka 226

vi Kegiatan
Daftar Isi Tatap Muka
SILABUS
Unit 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
Nama Sekolah : SMP/MTs . . .
Kelas/Semester : VII/1
Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris
Unit : 1
Genre : –
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan
1. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Alokasi Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh
Teknik Waktu
Instrumen Instrumen

1.1 Merespons • Percakapan- 1. Membaca dan • Bereaksi atau • Non tes • Uraian • Read the dialogs 4 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang percakapan mempelajari ungkapan merespons dengan objektif and understand Bahasa
terdapat dalam transaksional dan dan percakapan yang benar terhadap the expressions. Inggris SMP/
percakapan interpersonal tersedia. tindak tutur: MTs VIIA
transaksional yang memuat menyapa orang Intan
(to get things ungkapan 2. Membaca dan yang belum/sudah • Non tes • Uraian • Read the Pariwara
done) dan menyapa orang mempelajari to be: is, dikenal, objektif sentences. Pay hal. 21–24
interpersonal
yagn belum/sudah am, are, this, that, memeprkenalkan attention to the • Kamus
(bersosialisasi)
yang meng- dikenal, these, those. diri sendiri/orang bold-typed words. Inggris–
gunakan ragam memperkenalkan lain. Indonesia
bahasa lisan diri sendiri/orang 3. Mempelajari • Non tes • Uraian • Read the dan
sangat lain. penggunaan This/That objektif sentences. Pay Indonesia–
sederhana dan These/Those attention to the Inggris.
secara akurat, • To be: is, am, are. dalam kalimat. bold-typed words. • Buku-buku
lancar dan lain yang
berterima untuk • This, that, these, 4. Menjawab pertanyaan- • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the relevan.
berinteraksi those. pertanyaan apersepsi singkat following
dengan secara lisan. questions.
lingkungan • Family members
terdekat yang (anggota keluarga) 5. Mendengarkan dan • Non tes • Uraian • Listen and repeat
melibatkan menirukan kalimat yang after your
tindak tutur: dibacakan guru. teacher.
menyapa
orang yang
belum/sudah 6. Menirukan guru yang • Tes lisan • Unjuk kerja • Listen to your
dikenal, membacakan teacher. Repeat
memperkenal- percakapan-percakapan after him/her.
kan diri di buku, kemudian Then, read the
sendiri/orang mempraktikkan dialogs aloud

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


lain, dan percakapan tersebut with a friend.
memerintah dengan seorang.

1
atau melarang.
2
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

7. Membaca kembali • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Read the dialogs


percakapan di kegiatan singkat in Task B once
sebelumnya, kemudian again. Then,
menjawab pertanyaan answer the
mengenai percakapan questions.

Silabus Unit 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


tersebut.

8. Mendengarkan • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your


percakapan yang teacher.
dibacakan guru dan Complete the
melengkapi dialogs below
percakapan sesuai based on what
dengan yang telah you have heard.
dibacakan.

9. Mempraktikkan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Practice the


percakapan di kegiatan kerja dialogs in Task D
sebelumnya dengan With your friend.
seorang teman.

10. Menyimak guru • Tes tulis • Dikte • Listen to your


membacakan kalimat- teacher and write
kalimat yang belum down what you
lengkap, lalu have heard.
menulisnya di buku dan Complete what
melengkapinya dengan he/she says with
am, is, are. is, am or are.

11. Membacakan teks dan • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the


melengakpinya dengan texts with is, am
am, is, atau are. or are.

12. Mencari lawan kata- • Tes tulis • Uraian • Find the opposite
kata yang tersedia dari meanings of the
teks di kegiatan following words.
sebelumnya. You may find the
answers in the
texts in Task G.

13. Mempelajari kata-kata • Tes tulis • Uraian • The words in Task


yang berhubungan H show us about
dengan keluarga dan family
mencari arti kata-kata relationships.
tersebut dalam kamus.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

Study other family


relationships
below. Find their
meanings in your
dictionary.

14. Mencari nama-nama • Tes tulis • Puzzle • Find the names


yang berhubungan of ten family
dengan keluarga relationship in
dalam kumpulan kata this puzzle. The
yang tersedia. words can go
across or down.

15. Melengkapi kalimat • Tes tulis • Isian • Look at the family


berdasarkan pohon tree. Complete
keluarga yang tersedia. the sentences
based on the
family tree.

16. Melengkapi teks • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your


dengan kata-kata yang teacher.
sesuai dengan teks Complete the text
utuh yang dibacakan based on what
guru. you have heard.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


3
4
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan
2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi
dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

2.1 Merespons • Teks lisan 1. Mendengarkan dan • Memahami makna • Non tes • Uraian • Listen to your 2 u 40' • Buku PR

Silabus Unit 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


makna tindak fungsional menirukan pesan yang yang terdapat teacher and repeat Bahasa
tutur yang pendek: dibacakan guru. dalam teks lisan after him/her. Inggris SMP/
terdapat dalam messages (pesan) fungsional pendek MTs VIIA
teks lisan 2. Melihat gambar dan sederhana secara • Non tes • Uraian • Look at the card Intan
fungsional • Kosakata yang membaca keterangan akurat, lancar, dan and read the Pariwara hal.
pendek sangat terkait dengan yang tersedia. berterima untuk sentences. 15–17.
sederhana topik yang dipilih. berinteraksi dalam • Kamus
secara akurat, 3. Menjawab pertanyaan konteks kehidupan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Inggris–
lancar, dan apersepsi secara lisan. sehari-hari. singkat following Indonesia dan
berterima untuk questions. Indonesia–
berinteraksi Inggris.
dengan 4. Mendengarkan dan • Non tes • Uraian • Listen to your • Buku-buku
lingkungan menirukan pesan yang teacher. Repeat lain yang
terdekat. dibacakan guru. after him/her. relevan.

2.2 Merespons 5. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the


makna guru mengenai pesan singkat questions based
gagasan yang di kegiatan on the texts in
terdapat dalam sebelumnya. Task A.
teks lisan
fungsional 6. Mendengarkan guru • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your
pendek sangat membaca pesan. teacher. Then,
sederhana complete the
secara akurat, 7. Melengkapi pesan messages below.
lancar, dan sesuai dengan yang
berterima untuk telah didengar.
berinteraksi
dengan 8. Menentukan apakah • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • State whether the
lingkungan kalimat-kalimat yang benar/salah statements below
terdekat. tersedia benar atau are true (T) or
salah berdasarkan isi false (F) based on
pesan di kegiatan the texts in Task
sebelumnya. C.
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara
3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

3.1 Meng- • Percakapan- 1. Melihat gambar dan • Melakukan • Non tes • Daftar kata • Read the 5 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan percakapan membaca abjad yang berbagai tindak alphabets below. Bahasa
makna dalam transaksional dan tersedia dengan tutur dalam wacana Look at the Inggris SMP/
percakapan interpersonal yang nyaring. lisan transaksional/ pictures. Say the MTs VIIA
transaksional memuat ungkapan interpersonal words with proper Intan
(to get things menyapa orang seperti: menyapa pronunciation. Pariwara hal.
done) dan yang belum/sudah orang yang belum/ 8–14.
interpersonal dikenal, memper- 2. Melafalkan kata-kata sudah dikenal, • Tes lisan • Mengeja • Spell the words • Kamus
(bersosialisasi) kenalkan diri yang tersedia. memperkenalkan kata below aloud. Inggris–
dengan sendiri/orang lain. diri sendiri/orang Indonesia dan
menggunakan 3. Membaca percakapan lain. • Non tes • Uraian • Read the dialogs Indonesia–
ragam bahasa • Kosakata yang dengan pelafalan dan aloud. Mind your Inggris.
lisan sangat terkait dengan intonasi yang tepat. pronunciation and • Buku-buku
sederhana tema yang dipilih intonation. lain yang
secara akurat, (parts of the relevan.
lancar dan body). 4. Memperkenalkan diri • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Introduce yourself
berterima. dengan berdasarkan kerja based on one of
kartu-kartu data yang the cards.
3.2 Melakukan tersedia.
interaksi
dengan 5. Membuat percakapan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Make dialogs
lingkungan berdasarkan gambar, kerja based on the
terdekat yang lalu memperagakan- pictures.
melibatkan nya.
tindak tutur:
menyapa 6. Membaca teks yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Choose A, B, C or
orang yang tersedia, kemudian ganda D for the correct
belum/sudah memilih jawaban yang answer.
dikenal, tepat berdasarkan teks
memperkenal- tersebut.
kan diri
sendiri/orang 7. Membaca teks yang • Tes lsian • Jawaban • Read the text
lain, dan tersedia, kemudian singkat below. Then,
memerintah menjawab pertanyaan answer the
atau melarang. berdasarkan teks questions.
tersebut.

8. Mempelajari nama- • Non tes • Daftar kata • Look at the

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


nama bagian tubuh. pictures. Repeat
after your teacher.

5
6
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

9. Menyusun huruf-huruf • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Rearrange the


yang tersedia menjadi huruf letters below into
kata-kata yang tepat. proper words. The
words are parts of
our body.

Silabus Unit 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


10. Melakukan kegiatan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Do the
yang berkaitan dengan kerja instructions in
nama-nama bagian pairs.
tubuh.
11. Membuat kalimat
dengan this/these, that/
those mengenai
bagian-bagian tubuh
secara bergantian
dengan seorang teman.

12. Memberi nama • Tes tulis • Isian • Label the pictures


gambar-gambar yang using the words in
tersedia dengan the box.
menggunakan kata-
kata dalam kotak.

13. Membuat kalimat • Tes tulis • Uraian • Make five


menggunakan this/ sentences using
that, these/those. ‘This/That’ or
‘These/Those’.

14. Memperkenalkan diri • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Suppose you are
sesuai dengan gambar kerja one of these
yang tersedia. people. Introduce
yourself.

15. Melihat gambar dan • Tes lisan • Uraian • Look at the


membaca teks yang picture. Read the
tersedia. text aloud.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

16. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the


berdasarkan teks singkat questions based
di kegiatan on the text in
sebelumnya. Task N.

17. Membaca kata-kata • Tes tulis • Uraian • Read the words


yang tersedia dan below aloud. Find
mencari arti kata-kata their meanings in
tersebut dalam kamus. your dictionary.

18. Membuat kalimat • Tes lisan • Uraian • Tell something


secara lisan mengenai about each
gambar menggunakan person below. You
kata-kata yang may use the
tersedia. words in the box.

19. Mendeskripsikan orang • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Look at the


dalam gambar. kerja picture. Describe
the person.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


7
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara

8
4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

4.1 Meng- • Teks lisan 1. Membaca nyaring • Mengungkapkan • Tes lisan • Membaca • Read the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan fungsional pesan yang tersedia. makna dalam nyaring messages aloud. Bahasa

Silabus Unit 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


makna tindak pendek: spoken bentuk pesan Inggris SMP/
tutur dalam teks messages (pesan 2. Menjawab pertanyaan dengan ragam • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the MTs VIIA
lisan fungsional isian). berdasarkan pesan di bahasa lisan secara singkat questions based Intan
pendek sangat kegiatan sebelumnya. lancar dan on the texts in Pariwara
sederhana secara berterima. Task A. hal. 17.
akurat, lancar dan • Kamus
berterima untuk
3. Mencari arti kata-kata • Tes tulis • Uraian • Find the Inggris–
berinteraksi
yang tersedia, meanings of the Indonesia dan
dengan
lingkungan kemudian membuat words below. Indonesia–
terdekat. kalimat dengan kata- Then, make Inggris.
kata tersebut. sentences using • Buku-buku
4.2 Meng- the words. lain yang
ungkapkan relevan.
makna gagasan 4. Menulis pesan untuk • Tes lisan • Uraian • Write a message
dalam teks lisan seorang teman, for a friend at
fungsional kemudian school.Then, read
pendek sangat membacanya dengan your message
sederhana secara nyaring. aloud.
akurat, lancar dan
berterima untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca
5. Memahami makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

5.1 Membaca • Teks tulis 1. Membaca nyaring • Membaca nyaring • Tes lisan • Membaca • Read the card 2 u 40' • Buku PR
nyaring fungsional kartu ulang tahun secara bermakna nyaring aloud. What is it Bahasa
bermakna kata, pendek berbentuk dengan lafal dan wacana pendek about? Inggris SMP/
frasa, dan kalimat birthday cards intonasi yang benar. sederhana. MTs VIIA
dengan ucapan, (kartu ulang 2. Menjelaskan isi kartu • Tes lisan • Uraian Intan
tekanan dan tahun). secara singkat. • Merespons makna Pariwara
intonasi yang yang terdapat hal. 18–19.
berterima yang • Kosakata yang 3. Mencari arti kata-kata dalam teks • Tes tulis • Uraian • Find the • Kamus
berkaitan dengan terkait tema. yang tersedia dalam fungsional pendek meanings of the Inggris–
lingkungan kamus. dengan benar. words in your Indonesia dan
terdekat. dictionary. Indonesia–
Inggris.
5.2 Merespons 4. Melengkapi kalimat • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the • Buku-buku
makna yang dengan kata-kata yang sentences with lain yang
terdapat dalam ada di kegiatan the words in relevan.
teks tulis sebelumnya. Task B.
fungsional
pendek sangat 5. Membaca nyaring • Tes lisan • Membaca • Read the card
sederhana kartu dan menentukan nyaring below. Is it for
secara akurat, penerimanya. • Tes lisan • Jawaban a girl, a boy or
lancar dan singkat twins? How do
berterima yang you know?
berkaitan dengan
lingkungan 6. Menjodohkan kata- • Tes tulis • Menjodoh- • Match the words
terdekat. kata dalam kolom A kan in column A with
dengan artinya dalam their meanings in
kolom B. column B.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


9
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis

10
6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

6.1 Mengung- • Teks tulis 1. Melengkapi kartu • Menulis berbagai • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
kapkan makna fungsional ulang tahun dengan teks untuk birthday card with Bahasa

Silabus Unit 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


gagasan dalam pendek: birthday kata-kata yang komunikasi sehari- the words in the Inggris SMP/
teks tulis cards (kartu ulang tersedia. hari seperti kartu box. MTs VIIA
fungsional tahun). ulang tahun dengan Intan
pendek sangat 2. Menulis kartu ulang benar dan • Tes tulis • Uraian • Write a birthday Pariwara
sederhana tahun dan berterima. card. Then, give it hal. 19.
dengan memberikannya to someone you • Kamus
menggunakan kepadaseorang teman/ love on his/her Inggris–
ragam bahasa keluarga yang birthday. Indonesia dan
tulis secara berulangtahun. Indonesia–
akurat, lancar Inggris.
dan berterima • Buku-buku
untuk lain yang
berinteraksi relevan.
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.

6.2 Mengung-
kapkan langkah
retorika dalam
teks tulis
fungsional
pendek sangat
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam bahasa
tulis secara
akurat, lancar
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
SILABUS
Unit 2 Don’t . . . !
Nama Sekolah : SMP/MTs . . .
Kelas/Semester : VII/1
Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris
Unit : 2
Genre : –
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan
1. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

1.1 Merespons • Percakapan- 1. Membaca dan • Bereaksi atau • Non tes • Uraian • Read the dialog 4 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang percakapan mempelajari ungkapan merespons dengan objektif and understand Bahasa
terdapat dalam transaksional dan memerintah dan benar terhadap the expressions. Inggris SMP/
percakapan interpersonal yang percakapan yang tindak tutur: MTs VIIA
transaksional memuat ungkapan tersedia. memerintah atau Intan
(to get things memerintah atau melarang. Pariwara
done) dan melarang. 2. Membaca dan • Non tes • Uraian • Read the dialog hal. 24–31.
interpersonal mempelajari ungkapan objektif and understand • Kamus
(bersosialisasi) • Articles: a, an, the. melarang dan the expressions. Inggris–
yang percakapan yang Indonesia
menggunakan • Introductory tersedia. dan
ragam bahasa ’there’. Indonesia–
lisan sangat 3. Membaca dan • Non tes • Uraian • Read the dialogs Inggris.
sederhana
• Cardinal numbers. mempelajari tentang objektif and understand • Buku-buku
secara akurat,
articles (a, an, the). the bold-typed lain yang
lancar, dan
• Prepositions. words. relevan.
berterima untuk
berinteraksi
• How many. 4. Membaca dan • Non tes • Uraian • Read the dialog
dengan
lingkungan mempelajari tentang objektif and understand
terdekat yang • Kosakata yang introductory ”there” the bold-typed
melibatkan terkait dengan (There is/There are). words.
tindak tutur: tema yang dipilih.
menyapa orang 5. Membaca dan • Non tes • Uraian • Read the dialog
yang belum/ mempelajari tentang objektif and understand
sudah dikenal, cardinal numbers. the bold-typed
memperkenalkan word.
diri sendiri/

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


orang lain, dan 6. Membaca dan • Non tes • Uraian • Read the text
memerintah mempelajari tentang objektif and understand
atau melarang. prepositions. the explanation.

11
12
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

7. Membaca dan • Non tes • Uraian • Read the dialog


mempelajari tentang objektif and understand
kata tanya how many. the bold-typed
words.

Silabus Unit 2 Don’t . . . !


8. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Remember Unit 1
tentang materi ungkapan singkat and answer the
dalam unit sebelumnya. questions below.

9. Melengkapi percakapan • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your


berdasarkan teacher. Complete
percakapan yang the dialogs while
dibacakan guru. you are listening
to him/her.

10. Mencari makna kata- • Tes tulis • Daftar kata • Find the
kata yang tersedia. meanings of the
words or phrases
below.

11. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the


berdasarkan singkat questions based
percakapan pada on the dialogs in
kegiatan sebelumnya. Task A.

12. Melengkapi kalimat • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your


berdasarkan kalimat teacher. Complete
yang dibacakan guru. the sentences
below based on
what you have
heard.

13. Menjelaskan arti • Tes tulis • Uraian • Find the


kalimat-kalimat pada meanings of the
kegiatan sebelumnya sentences in Task
dalam Bahasa D in Indonesian.
Indonesia.

14. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Choose A, B, C or


dengan memilih ganda D for the correct
jawaban yang tepat. answer.
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan
2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

2.1 Merespons • Teks lisan 1. Menyimak penjelasan • Memahami dan • Non tes • Uraian • Listen to your 2 u 40' • Buku PR
makna tindak fungsional guru tentang teks lisan merespons makna objektif teacher and Bahasa
tutur yang pendek: notices. fungsional pendek: yang terdapat understand the Inggris SMP/
terdapat dalam spoken notices. dalam teks lisan explanation. MTs VIIA
teks lisan • Kosakata yang fungsional pendek Intan
fungsional terkait tema yang 2. Membaca dan sederhana secara • Non tes • Uraian • Read the Pariwara
pendek sangat dipilih. mempelajari teks tulis akurat, lancar, dan objektif following text and hal. 35–37.
sederhana fungsional pendek: berterima untuk understand the • Kamus
secara akurat, written notices. berinteraksi dalam explanation. Inggris–
lancar, dan konteks kehidupan Indonesia dan
berterima untuk 3. Menjawab pertanyaan sehari-hari. • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Indonesia–
berinteraksi apersepsi. singkat questions below. Inggris.
dengan • Buku-buku
lingkungan 4. Menyimak guru, lalu • Tes tulis • Dikte • Listen to your lain yang
terdekat. menulis kalimat yang teacher. Write relevan.
dibacakan guru. down his/her
2.2 Merespons sentences.
makna gagasan
yang terdapat 5. Menentukan • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Listen to the
dalam teks lisan pernyataan benar atau benar/ sentences in Task
fungsional salah berdasarkan salah A once again.
pendek sangat kalimat-kalimat pada State whether the
sederhana kegiatan sebelumnya. statements are
secara akurat, true (T) or false
lancar, dan (F).
berterima untuk
berinteraksi 6. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Listen to your
dengan dengan memilih ganda teacher. Choose
lingkungan jawaban yang tepat A, B, C or D for
terdekat. berdasarkan teks yang the correct
dibacakan guru. answer.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


13
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara

14
3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

3.1 Meng- • Percakapan- 1. Melengkapi • Melakukan • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the 4 u 40' • Buku PR

Silabus Unit 2 Don’t . . . !


ungkapkan percakapan percakapan berbagai tindak dialogs with the Bahasa
makna dalam transaksional dan menggunakan kata- tutur dalam wacana correct words in Inggris SMP/
percakapan interpersonal kata yang tersedia. lisan transaksional/ the boxes. MTs VIIA
transaksional (to yang memuat interpersonal Intan
get things done) ungkapan 2. Mencari makna kata- seperti: • Tes tulis • Daftar kata • Find the Pariwara
dan memerintah dan kata yang tersedia. mengungkapkan meanings of the hal. 31–34.
interpersonal melarang. dan menanggapi words below. • Kamus
(bersosialisasi) ungkapan Inggris–
dengan 3. Melengkapi kalimat memerintah dan • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the Indonesia dan
menggunakan dengan kata-kata melarang. sentences with Indonesia–
ragam bahasa pada kegiatan the words in Task Inggris.
lisan sangat sebelumnya. • Mengembangkan B. • Buku-buku
sederhana wacana lain yang
secara akurat, 4. Menentukan transaksional/ • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • State whether the relevan.
lancar, dan pernyataan benar atau interpersonal benar/ statements below
berterima. salah berdasarkan pendek menjadi salah are true (T) or
percakapan pada sebuah obrolan false (F) based on
3.2 Melakukan kegiatan sebelumnya. atau interaksional the complete
interaksi dengan yang lebih panjang. dialogs in Task A.
lingkungan Correct the false
terdekat yang ones.
melibatkan
tindak tutur: 5. Menyusun kalimat • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Rearrange the
menyapa orang acak menjadi kalimat sentences below
yang belum/ percakapan yang acak into proper
sudah dikenal, tepat. dialogs.
memperkenalkan
diri sendiri/ orang 6. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Answer the
lain, dan berdasarkan singkat questions based
memerintah percakapan yang urut on the proper
atau melarang. pada kegiatan dialogs in Task E.
sebelumnya.

7. Menjodohkan kalimat • Tes tulis • Menjodoh- • Read the


perintah dengan kan instructions below.
gambar yang tepat. Match them with
the correct
pictures.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

8. Melakukan tanya • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Ask and answer


jawab seperti contoh kerja questions about
yang tersedia dengan the things below
menggunakan ”how with your friends.
many”. Use “How many”
and “There is/
There are”. See
the example.

9. Melengkapi kalimat • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the


menggunakan articles sentences with ‘a’,
yang tepat. ‘an’ or ‘the’.

10. Membuat kalimat • Tes tulis • Uraian • Make sentences


berdasarkan gambar based on the
yang tersedia pictures. Use
menggunakan proper
prepositions yang prepositions.
tepat. Number one has
been done for you.

11. Secara bergantian • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Ask your friend
memberi instruksi dan kerja sitting next to you
respons kepada to do the actions
teman berdasarkan and give
kalimat yang tersedia. responses. Do it in
turns.

12. Membuat percakapan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • In pairs, make


berdasarkan situasi kerja dialogs based on
yang tersedia. the situations
below. Practice
the dialogs with
your friend.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


15
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara

16
4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

4.1 Mengung- • Teks lisan 1. Menjawab pertanyaan • Mengungkapkan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Read the 1 u 40' • Buku PR

Silabus Unit 2 Don’t . . . !


kapkan makna fungsional berdasarkan notices makna dalam teks singkat following notices. Bahasa
tindak tutur pendek: notices. yang tersedia. tulis fungsional Answer the Inggris SMP/
dalam teks pendek lisan: questions orally. MTs VIIA
fungsional notices dengan Intan
pendek sangat 2. Membuat notices lancar dan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Make notices Pariwara hal.
sederhana berdasarkan situasi berterima. kerja based on the 37–38.
secara akurat, yang tersedia. situations below. • Kamus
lancar, dan Read your notices Inggris–
berterima untuk aloud. Indonesia dan
berinteraksi Indonesia–
dengan Inggris.
lingkungan • Buku-buku
terdekat. lain yang
relevan.
4.2 Meng-
ungkapkan
makna gagasan
dalam teks
fungsional
pendek sangat
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca
5. Memahami makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

5.1 Membaca • Teks tulis 1. Menyusun kata-kata • Membaca nyaring • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Rearrange the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
nyaring fungsional acak menjadi notices secara bermakna kata acak words below into Bahasa
bermakna kata, pendek notices. yang tepat. wacana esai proper notices. Inggris SMP
frasa, dan pendek dengan VIIA Intan
kalimat dengan • Kosakata yang 2. Mencari makna kata- lafal dan ucapan • Tes tulis • Daftar kata • Find the Pariwara
ucapan, terkait dengan kata yang tersedia. yang benar. meanings of the hal. 38–39.
tekanan, dan tema yang dipilih. words below. • Kamus
intonasi yang • Merespons makna Look up your Inggris–
berterima yang yang terdapat dictionary if Indonesia dan
berkaitan dalam teks tulis needed. Indonesia–
dengan fungsional pendek Inggris.
lingkungan 3. Menjawab pertanyaan notices dengan • Tes tulis • Jawaban • What does each • Buku-buku
terdekat. berdasarkan notices benar. singkat notice in Task A lain yang
pada kegiatan mean? relevan.
5.2 Merespons sebelumnya.
makna yang
terdapat dalam 4. Menjodohkan notice • Tes tulis • Menjodoh- • Match each notice
teks tulis dengan gambar yang kan below with the
fungsional tepat. correct picture.
pendek
sederhana 5. Menjawab soal pilihan • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Choose A, B, C or
secara akurat, ganda. ganda D for the correct
lancar, dan answer.
berterima yang
berkaitan
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


17
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis

18
6. Mengungkapkan makna teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

6.1 Meng- • Teks tulis 1. Menulis notices di • Menulis berbagai • Tes tulis • Uraian • Find some notices 2 u 40' • Buku PR

Silabus Unit 2 Don’t . . . !


ungkapkan fungsional sekitar sekolah dan teks untuk in your school. Bahasa
makna gagasan pendek: notices. mengartikannya. komunikasi sehari- Write them in your Inggris SMP/
dalam teks tulis 2. Menulis notices hari seperti notices workbook and find MTs VIIA
fungsional berdasarkan situasi dengan benar dan their meanings. Intan
pendek sangat yang tersedia. berterima. Pariwara
sederhana • Tes tulis • Uraian • Make notices hal. 40.
dangan based on the • Kamus
menggunakan situations below. Inggris–
ragam bahasa Indonesia dan
tulis secara Indonesia–
akurat, lancar, Inggris.
dan berterima • Buku-buku
untuk lain yang
berinteraksi relevan.
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.

6.2 Meng-
ungkapkan
langkah retorika
dalam teks tulis
fungsional
pendek sangat
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam bahasa
tulis secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
SILABUS
Unit 3 Thank You
Nama Sekolah : SMP/MTs . . .
Kelas/Semester : VII/1
Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris
Unit : 3
Genre : –
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan
1. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

1.2 Merespons • Percakapan 1. Membaca percakapan, • Merespons dengan • Non tes • Uraian • Read the dialogs 5 u 40' • Buku PR
makna dalam transaksional dan lalu memahami benar ungkapan objektif and study the Bahasa
percakapan interpersonal penjelasan tentang mengucapkan explanation. Inggris SMP/
transaksional yang memuat ungkapan berterima terima kasih dan MTs VIIA
(to get things ungkapan: kasih. meminta maaf. Intan
done) dan mengucapkan Pariwara
interpersonal terima kasih dan 2. Membaca percakapan, • Non tes • Uraian • Read the dialogs hal. 44–51.
(bersosialisasi) meminta maaf. lalu memahami objektif and study the • Kamus
yang meng- penjelasan tentang explanation. Inggris–
gunakan ragam • Verbs: Have/Has. ungkapan meminta Indonesia
bahasa lisan maaf. dan
sangat • Object pronouns. Indonesia–
sederhana 3. Membaca dan • Non tes • Uraian • Read the dialogs Inggris.
secara akurat, • Ordinal numbers mempelajari tentang objektif and understand • Buku-buku
lancar, dan sebagai subjek verb: have/has. the bold-typed lain yang
berterima untuk dan objek. words. relevan.
berinteraksi
dengan • Days, months, 4. Membaca dan • Non tes • Uraian • Study the
lingkungan years. mempelajari tentang objektif explanation
terdekat yang object pronouns. and read the
melibatkan sentences.
tindak tutur:
meminta dan 5. Membaca dan • Non tes • Uraian • Look at the
memberi mempelajari tentang objektif picture and read
informasi, ordinal numbers. the sentences.
mengucapkan Pay attention to
terima kasih, the bold-typed
meminta maaf,

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


words.
dan meng-
ungkapkan

19
kesantunan.
20
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

6. Membaca dan • Non tes • Uraian • Let’s study days,


mempelajari tentang objektif months and years.
days, months, dan Read the words
years. below with proper

Silabus Unit 3 Thank You


pronunciation.

7. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Look at the


apersepsi. singkat picture and
answer the
questions.

8. Membaca dan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Read and practice


bermain peran kerja the dialogs.
berdasarkan
percakapan yang
diberikan.

9. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Your teacher will


berdasarkan singkat ask you some
percakapan di questions about
kegiatan sebelumnya. the dialogs in Task
A. Answer his/her
questions orally.

10. Melengkapi • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the


percakapan dialogs below
berdasarkan while listening to
percakapan yang your teacher.
dibacakan guru.

11. Menyimak kalimat • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Listen to your


yang dibacakan guru, singkat teacher and give
lalu meresponsnya suitable
dengan ungkapan responses.
yang sesuai.

12. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Listen to your


dengan memilih ganda teacher and
jawaban yang tepat. choose A, B, C or
D for the correct
answer.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

13. Mendengarkan • Tes tulis • Dikte • Listen to your


kalimat-kalimat yang teacher and write
dibacakan guru, lalu down his/her
menuliskannya di sentences. Read
buku. your work aloud.
14. Membaca kalimat-
kalimat itu dengan
nyaring.

15. Menjelaskan arti kata- • Tes tulis • Daftar kata • Find the
kata yang disediakan. meanings of the
16. Membuat kalimat • Tes tulis • Uraian following words.
menggunakan kata- Then, make
kata tersebut. sentences using
the words.

17. Membaca kalimat- • Tes tulis • Identifikasi • Does each


kalimat yang sentence have
disediakan dan the correct
menentukan benar/ pronoun?
salah, serta Correct the
menggarisbawahi kata incorrect one(s).
yang dimaksud. Underline the
pronouns.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


21
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan

22
2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

2.1 Merespons • Teks fungsional 1. Menyimak penjelasan • Memahami dan • Non tes • Uraian • Listen to your 2 u 40' • Buku PR

Silabus Unit 3 Thank You


makna tindak pendek: spoken guru tentang teks lisan merespons makna objektif teacher. Study the Bahasa
tutur yang messages and fungsional pendek yang terdapat explanation. Inggris SMP/
terdapat dalam gratitude cards. spoken messages. dalam teks lisan MTs VIIA
teks lisan fungsional pendek Intan
fungsional 2. Membaca dan sederhana secara • Non tes • Uraian • Read and Pariwara
pendek sangat mempelajari teks tulis akurat, lancar, dan objektif understand the hal. 57–58.
sederhana fungsional pendek: berterima untuk text. • Kamus
secara akurat, gratitude cards. berinteraksi dalam Inggris–
lancar, dan konteks kehidupan Indonesia dan
berterima untuk 3. Menjawab pertanyaan sehari-hari. • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Read the text and Indonesia–
berinteraksi berdasarkan teks lisan singkat answer the Inggris.
dengan berbentuk pesan questions. • Buku-buku
lingkungan singkat. lain yang
terdekat. relevan.
4. Menyimak pesan lisan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Listen to your
2.2 Merespons yang dibacakan guru, singkat teacher and
makna lalu menjawab answer the
gagasan yang pertanyaan- questions below.
terdapat dalam pertanyaan yang ada.
teks lisan
fungsional 5. Menyimak pesan lisan • Tes tulis • Dikte • Listen to your
pendek sangat yang dibacakan guru, teacher. Write
sederhana lalu menulis kalimat down the
secara akurat, yang dibacakan guru. message.
lancar, dan
berterima untuk 6. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Your teacher will
berinteraksi yang diajukan guru singkat ask you some
dengan secara lisan berdasar- questions about
lingkungan kan teks lisan the message in
terdekat. berbentuk pesan Task B. Answer
singkat. the questions
orally.
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara
3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

3.2 Meng- • Percakapan- 1. Melakukan • Melakukan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Practice the 6 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan percakapan percakapan bersama berbagai tindak kerja dialogs with your Bahasa
makna dalam transaksional dan teman secara tutur dalam wacana friend. Do it in Inggris SMP/
percakapan interpersonal yang bergantian. lisan transaksional/ turns. MTs VIIA
transaksional memuat ungkapan interpersonal Intan
(to get things mengucapkan 2. Menjawab pertanyaan seperti: • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Pariwara
done) dan terima kasih, berdasarkan mengungkapkan singkat questions based hal. 51–56.
interpersonal meminta maaf. percakapan di dan menanggapi on the dialogs in • Kamus
(bersosialisasi) kegiatan sebelumnya. ungkapan berterima Task A. Inggris–
dengan • Kosakata yang kasih dan meminta Indonesia dan
menggunakan terkait tema yang 3. Melengkapi maaf. • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the Indonesia–
ragam bahasa dipilih. percakapan dialogs with the Inggris.
lisan sangat menggunakan kata- • Mengembangkan suitable words in • Buku-buku
sederhana kata yang tersedia. wacana the boxes. lain yang
secara akurat, transaksional/ Practice them relevan.
lancar, dan interpersonal with your friends.
berterima pendek menjadi
untuk 4. Menyusun kalimat- sebuah obrolan • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Rearrange the
berinteraksi kalimat yang disusun atau interaksional kalimat sentences into
dengan acak menjadi yang lebih panjang. acak good dialogs.
lingkungan percakapan yang Practice them
terdekat yang padu. with your
melibatkan friend(s).
tindak tutur:
meminta dan 5. Membuat percakapan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Work in pairs.
memberi berdasarkan situasi kerja Make dialogs
informasi, yang tersedia, lalu based on the
mengucapkan memperagakannya. situations below.
terima kasih, Practice them
meminta with your partner.
maaf, dan
meng- 6. Mengamati gambar • Tes lisan • Daftar kata • Look at the
ungkapkan dan membaca kata- pictures and read
kesantunan kata di bawahnya. the words.

7. Melakukan tanya • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Ask and answer


jawab seperti contoh kerja questions based
yang tersedia. on the pictures in

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


Task F. Use the
verb have/has.

23
24
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

8. Menentukan • Tes tulis • Identifikasi • Do all the


pernyataan benar sentences use
atau salah. the verb ‘have/
has’ correctly?

Silabus Unit 3 Thank You


Correct the
incorrect ones.

9. Melengkapi kalimat • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the


menggunakan verb dialogs with the
have/has dengan correct forms of
tepat. the verb ‘have’.
Practice them
with your friend.

10. Membaca dan • Non tes • Uraian • Read and


memahami kalimat- understand the
kalimat yang sentences below.
menggunakan object Pay attention to
pronouns. the bold typed
words.

11. Melengkapi kalimat • Tes tulis • Isian • Choose the


menggunakan correct pronouns
pronouns yang in brackets to
tersedia dengan tepat. complete the
sentences.
Read your work
with proper
pronunciation.

12. Melengkapi • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the


percakapan dialog below with
menggunakan correct pronouns.
pronouns yang tepat.

13. Bermain peran • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Practice the


berdasarkan kerja dialog in Task L
percakapan yang with your friend.
telah padu di kegiatan
sebelumnya.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

14. Melakukan praktik • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Tell the class
berbicara berdasarkan kerja where you and
situasi kelas yang your friends sit.
sesungguhnya Use ordinal
menggunakan ordinal numbers. See
numbers. the example.

15. Melakukan tanya • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Ask and answer
jawab bersama teman kerja questions about
berdasarkan jadwal your duty rooster
piket kelas. and the schedule.
See the example.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


25
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara

26
4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

4.1. Mengung- • Teks lisan 1. Menyampaikan pesan • Mengungkapkan • Tes lisan • Uraian • Say the 2 u 40' • Buku PR

Silabus Unit 3 Thank You


kapkan makna fungsional pendek lisan dengan pelafalan makna dalam teks messages below Bahasa
tindak tutur berbentuk pesan yang benar. lisan fungsional with proper Inggris SMP/
dalam teks lisan. pendek berbentuk pronunciation. MTs VIIA
fungsional pesan lisan. Intan
pendek sangat 2. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Pariwara
sederhana berdasarkan teks lisan singkat questions below hal. 58–59.
secara akurat, fungsional pendek based on the • Kamus
lancar, dan berbentuk pesan lisan messages in Inggris–
berterima untuk di kegiatan Task A. Indonesia dan
berinteraksi sebelumnya. Indonesia–
dengan Inggris.
lingkungan 3. Membuat pesan lisan • Tes lisan • Uraian • Make spoken • Buku-buku
terdekat. berdasarkan situasi messages based lain yang
yang tersedia. on the situations relevan.
4.2. Mengung- below.
kapkan makna
gagasan dalam
teks fungsional
pendek sangat
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca
5. Memahami makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

5.1 Membaca • Teks tertulis 1. Membaca dan • Membaca nyaring • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Read the texts 1 u 40' • Buku PR
nyaring fungsional pendek memahami teks yang berbagai teks ganda and choose A, B, Bahasa
bermakna berbentuk ada. dengan ucapan, C or D for the Inggris SMP/
kata, frasa, dan gratitude cards. 2. Menjawab soal pilihan tekanan, dan correct answer. MTs VIIA
kalimat dengan ganda. intonasi yang Intan
ucapan, benar, lancar dan Pariwara
tekanan dan berterima. hal. 59.
intonasi yang • Kamus
berterima yang • Merespons makna/ Inggris–
berkaitan gagasan dalam teks Indonesia dan
dengan fungsional pendek Indonesia–
lingkungan berbentuk gratitude Inggris.
terdekat. cards. • Buku-buku
lain yang
5.2 Merespons relevan.
makna yang
terdapat dalam
teks tulis
fungsional
pendek
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar dan
berterima yang
berkaitan
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


27
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis

28
6. Mengungkapkan makna teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

6.1 Mengung- • Teks tulis 1. Membuat gratitude • Membuat berbagai • Tes tulis • Uraian • Make gratitude 1 u 40' • Buku PR

Silabus Unit 3 Thank You


kapkan makna fungsional pendek cards berdasarkan gratitude cards cards based on Bahasa
gagasan dalam berupa gratitude situasi yang telah dengan benar dan the situations Inggris SMP/
teks tulis cards. diberikan. berterima. below. Read your MTs VIIA
fungsional 2. Membacakan gratitude work with proper Intan
pendek sangat cards yang dibuatnya pronunciation. Pariwara
sederhana di kelas. hal. 60.
dangan • Kamus
menggunakan Inggris–
ragam bahasa Indonesia dan
tulis secara Indonesia–
akurat, lancar Inggris.
dan berterima • Buku-buku
untuk lain yang
berinteraksi relevan.
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.

6.2 Mengung-
kapkan langkah
retorika dalam
teks tulis
fungsional
pendek sangat
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam bahasa
tulis secara
akurat, lancar
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
SILABUS
Unit 4 What do You Do?
Nama Sekolah : SMP/MTs . . .
Kelas/Semester : VII/1
Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris
Unit : 4
Genre : –
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan
1. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

1.2 Merespon • Percakapan 1. Membaca percakapan • Merespons • Non tes • Uraian • Read the dialogs 8 u 40' • Buku PR
makna dalam transaksional dan lalu memahami berbagai objektif and understand Bahasa
percakapan interpersonal yang penjelasan tentang percakapan the expressions. Inggris SMP/
transaksional memuat ungkapan ungkapan meminta transaksional dan MTs VIIA
(to get things meminta dan dan memberi interpersonal yang Intan
done) dan memberi informasi informasi. memuat ungkapan Pariwara
interpersonal serta ungkapan meminta dan hal. 64–75.
(bersosialisasi) kesantunan. 2. Membaca percakapan memberi informasi • Non tes • Uraian • Read the dialogs • Kamus
yang meng- dan mempelajari serta ungkapan objektif and understand Inggris–
gunakan ragam • Possessive ungkapan kesopanan. kesantunan. the expressions. Indonesia
bahasa lisan adjectives. dan
sangat 3. Mempelajari • Non tes • Uraian • Read the Indonesia–
sederhana • The simple penggunaan objektif sentences and Inggris.
secara akurat, present tense: possessive adjectives. understand the • Buku-buku
lancar, dan showing daily bold-typed lain yang
berterima untuk routines. words. relevan.
berinteraksi
dengan • Telling time. 4. Mempelajari the • Non tes • Uraian • Read the
lingkungan simple present tense objektif sentences and
terdekat yang • Kinds of untuk mengungkapkan study the
melibatkan
professions. kegiatan rutin sehari- explanation.
tindak tutur:
hari.
meminta dan
memberi
5. Mempelajari materi • Non tes • Uraian • Study how to tell
informasi,
tentang penyebutan objektif time.
mengucapkan
waktu (pukul) dan
terima kasih,
membaca contoh-
meminta maaf,

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


dan meng- contohnya.
ungkapkan
kesantunan.

29
30
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

6. Mempelajari kosakata • Non tes • Uraian • Read and study


tentang berbagai jenis objektif the dialog.
pekerjaan. Look at the
pictures and
remember the

Silabus Unit 4 What do You Do?


words.

7. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Remember Unit 3


apersepsi berkaitan singkat and answer the
dengan unit questions below.
sebelumnya (Unit 3).

8. Mendengarkan dan • Non tes • Uraian • Listen to your


menirukan teacher and
percakapan yang repeat after him/
dibacakan guru. her.

9. Membaca percakapan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Your teacher will


di kegiatan singkat ask you some
sebelumnya dan questions based
secara lisan on the dialogs in
menjawab pertanyaan Task A. Answer
yang dibacakan guru. the questions
orally.

10. Melengkapi • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your


percakapan sesuai teacher. Complete
dengan percakapan the dialogs with
utuh yang dibacakan the sentences you
guru. have heard.

11. Membaca dan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Read the dialogs


memahami singkat below. Your
percakapan- teacher will ask
percakapan yang ada. some questions
12. Menjawab pertanyaan about them.
secara lisan. Answer the
questions orally.

13. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Listen to your


yang dikemukakan singkat teacher. Answer
guru secara lisan his/her questions
berdasarkan data based on your
siswa sendiri. own data.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

14. Menulis kalimat- • Tes tulis • Dikte • Listen to your


kalimat yang teacher. Write
dibacakan guru. down the
sentences you
have heard.

15. Membaca kalimat • Tes tulis • Identifikasi • Read the


yang merupakan sentences in Task
jawaban tugas F. Underline the
sebelumnya, lalu subjects and
menggarisbawahi circle the verbs.
subjek serta kata
kerjanya.

16. Menjodohkan kalimat- • Tes tulis • Menjodoh- • Listen to your


kalimat yang kan teacher. Match
dibacakan guru the sentences
dengan gambar yang you’ve heard with
sesuai dengan cara the suitable
menuliskan nomor pictures. Fill in the
kalimat yang sentence number
dibacakan pada in each box near
gambar yang sesuai. the correct
picture.

17. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Your teacher will


guru secara lisan singkat ask you some
berdasarkan kalimat- questions about
kalimat yang the sentences in
merupakan jawaban di Task H. Answer
tugas sebelumnya. them orally.

18. Menulis kalimat- • Tes tulis • Dikte • Listen to your


kalimat yang teacher. Write the
dibacakan guru. sentences you
have heard in
your book.

19. Menggambar jarum • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Read the


pada gambar jam yang singkat sentences you
telah disediakan have written in

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


sesuai dengan kalimat- Task J. Draw the
kalimat yang ditulis di correct pointers on
tugas sebelumnya. the clock pictures.

31
32
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

20. Menyimak teks • Tes tulis • Dikte • Listen to your


pendek yang teacher. Write the
dibacakan guru, lalu text you have
menulisnya di buku heard.
tugas.

Silabus Unit 4 What do You Do?


21. Menentukan benar/ • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Read the text you
salah suatu benar/salah have written in
pernyataan Task L. Decide
berdasarkan teks di whether the
tugas sebelumnya. statements are
true (T) or false
(F).

22. Melengkapi sebuah • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your


teks sesuai dengan teacher. Complete
teks utuh yang the text based on
dibacakan guru. what you have
heard.

23. Mengisi tabel sesuai • Tes tulis • Isian • Read the


dengan informasi yang complete text in
terdapat di tugas Task N. Fill in the
sebelumnya. table based on
the text.

24. Mengerjakan soal • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Choose A, B, C,


pilihan ganda ganda or D for the
berdasarkan teks di correct answer
tugas sebelumnya. based on the text
in Task N.

25. Membaca nyaring • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Read the text


sebuah teks, ganda aloud. Listen to
kemudian your teacher’s
mendengarkan satu questions.
per satu pertanyaan Choose A, B, C,
yang dibacakan guru. or D for the
26. Memilih jawaban yang correct answer.
tepat berdasarkan
teks.
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan
2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

2.1 Merespon • Teks lisan 1. Membaca percakapan • Mengidentifikasi • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
makna tindak fungsional pendek singkat yang berisi dan merespons objektif sentences and Bahasa
tutur yang berbentuk: notice. contoh spoken notices makna dalam teks understand the Inggris SMP/
terdapat dalam dan memahami fungsional pendek explanation. MTs VIIA
teks lisan • Kosakata yang penjelasannya. lisan berbentuk Intan
fungsional terkait dengan spoken notices. Pariwara
pendek sangat tema yang dipilih. 2. Membaca teks tentang • Non tes • Uraian • Read the text and hal. 81–82.
sederhana surat (letter) dan objektif understand the • Kamus
secara akurat, memahami explanation. Inggris–
lancar, dan penjelasannya. Indonesia dan
berterima untuk Indonesia–
berinteraksi 3. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Inggris.
dengan apersepsi. singkat following • Buku-buku
lingkungan questions. lain yang
terdekat. relevan.
4. Menjodohkan notice • Tes tulis • Menjodoh- • Listen to your
2.2 Merespon yang dibacakan guru kan teacher. Match
makna dengan gambar yang what you have
gagasan yang tepat. heard with the
terdapat dalam suitable
teks lisan sentences.
fungsional
pendek sangat 5. Menulis notices yang • Tes tulis • Dikte • Listen to your
sederhana dibacakan guru. teacher. Write
secara akurat, down the
lancar, dan sentences you
berterima untuk have heard.
berinteraksi
dengan 6. Menentukan tempat • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Listen to your
lingkungan notice yang dibacakan singkat teacher. Where do
terdekat. oleh guru seringkali you probably hear
terdengar. the spoken
notices you have
heard?

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


33
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara

34
3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan
terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

3.1 Meng- • Percakapan 1. Membaca nyaring • Melakukan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Read the dialogs 6 u 40' • Buku PR

Silabus Unit 4 What do You Do?


ungkapkan transaksional dan percakapan dan percakapan dalam kerja aloud. Practice Bahasa
makna dalam interpersonal yang mempraktikannya wacana lisan them with your Inggris SMP/
percakapan memuat ungkapan dengan teman. transaksional dan friend. MTs VIIA
transaksional meminta dan interpersonal yang Intan
(to get things memberi informasi 2. Menjawab pertanyaan melibatkan tindak • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Pariwara
done) dan serta ungkapan secara lisan tutur meminta dan singkat following hal. 75–80.
interpersonal kesantunan. berdasarkan memberi informasi questions based • Kamus
(bersosialisasi) percakapan di serta ungkapan on the dialogs in Inggris–
dengan • Kosakata yang kegiatan sebelumnya. kesantunan. Task A orally. Indonesia dan
menggunakan terkait dengan Indonesia–
ragam bahasa tema yang dipilih. 3. Menyusun kalimat- • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Rearrange the Inggris.
lisan sangat kalimat acak menjadi kalimat sentences into • Buku-buku
sederhana percakapan yang urut. acak proper dialogs. lain yang
secara akurat, 4. Mempraktikkan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja Practice the relevan.
lancar, dan percakapan yang telah kerja proper dialogs
berterima. urut bersama seorang with your friend.
teman.
3.3 Meng-
ungkapkan 5. Menggarisbawahi • Tes tulis • Identifikasi • Find possessive
makna dalam possessive adjectives adjectives in the
percakapan yang terdapat dalam dialogs in Task C.
transaksional percakapan- Underline them.
(to get things percakapan di tugas
done) dan sebelumnya.
interpersonal • Uraian
(bersosialisasi) 6. Membuat kalimat • Tes tulis • Make five
dengan menggunakan sentences using
menggunakan possessive adjectives. possessive
ragam bahasa adjectives.
lisan sangat • Unjuk kerja
sederhana 7. Membuat percakapan • Tes unjuk • Create dialogs
secara akurat, berdasarkan petunjuk kerja based on the
lancar, dan yang tersedia dan following clues.
berterima untuk mempraktikannya di Practice the
berinteraksi depan kelas. dialogs in front of
dengan the class.
lingkungan
terdekat yang
melibatkan
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

tindak tutur: 8. Secara berpasangan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • In pairs, create
meminta dan membuat percakapan kerja dialogs based on
memberi berdasarkan situasi the situations.
informasi, yang tersedia dan Practice the
mengucapkan mempraktikannya di dialogs in front of
terima kasih, depan kelas. the class.
meminta maaf,
dan meng- 9. Menggambar jarum • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Draw pointers on
ungkapkan jam pada gambar jam kerja the clock pictures
kesantunan. yang tersedia based on the
berdasarkan dialogs. Practice
percakapan, the dialogs with
kemudian a friend.
mempraktikkan
percakapan tersebut.

10. Menyusun kata-kata • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Rearrange the


acak menjadi kalimat kata acak jumbled words to
yang baik dan make correct
menulisnya di buku. sentences. Read
your work aloud.

11. Melakukan kegiatan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Do the activities.


tanya jawab tentang kerja
kegiatan sehari-hari
secara berpasangan.
12. Menulis informasi
yang diperoleh dan
menceritakannya di
depan kelas.

13. Menceritakan gambar • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • What pictures are
seperti contoh secara kerja they? Tell your
lisan. friends. Number
one has been
done for you.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


35
36
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

14. Mengisi tabel dengan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Fill in the table
kegiatan sehari-hari kerja with your
sebelum berangkat activities before
sekolah, kemudian going to school.
membuat paragraf Make a

Silabus Unit 4 What do You Do?


berdasarkan tabel paragraph based
tersebut. on it. Tell your
15. Menceritakan friends about it.
kegiatannya di depan
kelas.

Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara


4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

4.1 Meng- • Teks lisan 1. Membuat spoken • Mengungkapkan • Tes lisan • Uraian • Create spoken 1 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan fungsional pendek notices berdasarkan gagasan berupa notices based on Bahasa
makna tindak berbentuk: notice. situasi tertentu, spoken notices the situations. Tell Inggris SMP/
tutur dalam kemudian dengan lancar dan them in front of MTs VIIA
teks lisan menyampaikannya di berterima. the class. Intan
fungsional depan kelas. Pariwara
pendek sangat hal. 82–83.
sederhana 2. Membaca spoken • Tes lisan • Uraian • Read the spoken • Kamus
secara akurat, notices dengan nyaring notices with Inggris–
lancar, dan dengan pelafalan yang proper Indonesia dan
berterima untuk benar. pronunciation. Tell Indonesia–
berinteraksi 3. Menceritakan isi/ your friends what Inggris.
dengan maksud tiap-tiap notice they are about. • Buku-buku
lingkungan kepada teman di kelas. lain yang
terdekat. relevan.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

4.2 Meng-
ungkapkan
makna
gagasan dalam
teks lisan
fungsional
pendek sangat
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


37
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca

38
5. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

5.1 Membaca • Teks fungsional 1. Membaca nyaring surat • Membaca nyaring • Tes lisan • Membaca • Read the letter 2 u 40' • Buku PR
nyaring pendek berbentuk: dengan dengan berbagai teks nyaring with proper Bahasa
bermakna kata, surat (letter). pelafalan yang benar. dengan lafal, pronunciation and Inggris SMP/

Silabus Unit 4 What do You Do?


frasa, dan tekanan, dan intonation. MTs VIIA
kalimat dengan • Kosakata yang intonasi yang benar Intan
ucapan, terkait dengan 2. Menjawab pertanyaan dan berterima. • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Answer the Pariwara
tekanan dan tema yang dipilih. berdasarkan surat di singkat questions based hal. 83–84.
intonasi yang kegiatan sebelumnya. • Mengidentifikasi on the letter in • Kamus
berterima yang informasi/gagasan Task A. Inggris–
berkaitan dalam teks Indonesia dan
dengan 3. Mengerjakan soal fungsional pendek • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Choose A, B, C or Indonesia–
lingkungan pilihan ganda berupa surat ganda D for the correct Inggris.
terdekat. berdasarkan surat yang (letter). answer. • Buku-buku
tersedia. lain yang
5.2 Merespon relevan.
makna yang
terdapat dalam
teks tulis
fungsional
pendek sangat
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar dan
berterima yang
berkaitan
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis
6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

6.1 Meng- • Teks fungsional Menulis surat yang • Menulis teks • Tes tulis • Uraian • Write a letter to 1 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan pendek berbentuk: menceritakan kegiatan fungsional your friend. Tell Bahasa
makna surat (letter). sehari-hari kepada sederhana dalam about your daily Inggris SMP/
gagasan dalam seorang teman. bentuk surat (letter). activities. MTs VIIA
teks tulis Intan
fungsional Pariwara
pendek sangat hal. 84.
sederhana • Kamus
dengan Inggris–
menggunakan Indonesia dan
ragam bahasa Indonesia–
tulis secara Inggris.
akurat, lancar • Buku-buku
dan berterima lain yang
untuk relevan.
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1


39
40
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

6.2 Meng-
ungkapkan
langkah
retorika dalam
teks tulis
fungsional

Silabus Unit 4 What do You Do?


pendek sangat
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam bahasa
tulis secara
akurat, lancar
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will
be able to:
1. greet and part,
2. introduce yourself and other
people,
3. create short functional texts
(spoken messages),
4. write short functional texts
(birthday cards),
5. use is, am, are, this/that,
these/those, and
6. mention parts of the body,
human physical appearances
and family members
correctly.

When you meet someone for the first time, what do you usually
do? Do you introduce yourself? If you do, how do you do it? Never
worries how you do it. In this unit you will learn kinds of expressions
and examples of introducing yourself. You will also learn how to
introduce someone to another. Further, this unit also explains some
expressions to greet and part. Well, let’s learn more about them.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 41


1.1 Expressions

Greeting and Parting

Read the dialogs and understand the expressions.


See you
Good morning, on Monday.
1 Sir.
Good morning.
2
See you.

Pay attention to the expressions used in the dialogs. In dialog 1, there are the expressions to
greet someone and to respond to it. In dialog 2, there are the expressions to part with
someone and to respond to it.
Here are some expressions you can use to greet people and part.

Greeting Parting
Morning! Goodbye.
Hello! Good night.
Hi, Eva! How are you? Bye!
Hi, there! See you (soon/later/tomorrow).
Good morning/afternoon/evening. Cheerio!

You say “Good morning/Morning (Selamat pagi/Pagi).” at 12 midnight up to 12 noon.


You say “Good afternoon/Afternoon (Selamat siang/Siang)” at 12:01 p.m. up to 6 p.m.
You say “Good evening/Evening (Selamat sore/Sore)” at 6:01 p.m. up to 9 p.m.
You say “Good night (Selamat malam)” when you want to leave other people at night, such as
you want to go to sleep or you leave someone’s house.

42 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


Introducing Yourself and Other People

Read the dialogs and understand the expressions.

1 2

Hello, my name is Silvana Larasati. Eka :


Hi, Bagus.
You can call me Silvana. Bagus :
Hi, Eka.
Eka :
By the way, have you met each other?
Bagus :
Not yet.
Eka :
Well, Bagus, this is Puput, my cousin.
Puput, this is Bagus.
Bagus : Hello, Puput. Nice to meet you.
Puput : Hello, Bagus. Nice to meet you too.
Dialog 1 is the example of introducing oneself and dialog 2 is the example of introducing
someone to another.
Here are some expressions you can use to introduce ourselves and other people.

Introducing Yourself Introducing Other People


Hello! My name is Eka. Do you know each other? Erwan-Bagus.
Hi! I’m Eka Septian. Raka, meet Era.
I’m Ratnawati Siregar. You can call me Oh, look, here’s Raka! Raka-Era. Era-
Ratna. Raka.
Raka, this is Era. Era, this is Raka.

After knowing each other, you can make the conversation longer by asking for and giving
information. Here are some expressions.

Asking for and Giving Information Responding


What’s your name? My name’s Silvana./I am Silvana.
What is your complete name? Silvana Larasati.
Where do you live? I live at Jalan Majapahit 12.
What is your favorite food? I like fried rice.
Do you like singing? No, I don’t.
Where do you come from? I come from Madura.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 43


Grammar Section

To be: is, am, are

Read the sentences.


Pay attention to the bold-typed words.

Hello, I am Edgar. He is
Edwin, my brother. We are
students.

The bold typed words are to be. We use to be to name people or things, describe or give
more information about them.

Study the words in the table.

Subject Be Noun
I am Rina.
He is my brother.
Alan is the winner.
It is a sharpener.
We are students.
They are our teachers.
Edgar and I are brothers.

This, That, These, Those

Read the sentences.


Pay attention to the bold-typed words.

Patterns:

This/That + is + singular noun

These/Those + are + plural nouns

44 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


That is my sister. I bought these oranges
in the market.

You use this to refer to a person or thing that is close to you. If you refer to more than one
person/thing, you use these.
You use that to refer to a person or thing that is far from us. If you refer to more than one
person/thing, you use those.

Examples:
1. This is my school. 1. These are the classrooms.
2. This is my book. 2. These are my books.
3. That is my teacher. 3. Those are my teachers.
4. That is the teacher room. 4. Are those the library and the laboratory?

Answer the following questions.

1. When you meet your teacher in the morning, what will you say?
Jawaban: I will say, “Good morning.”
2. When you want to part with your friend, what will you say?
Jawaban: I will say, “Goodbye.”

A. Listen and repeat after your teacher.

1. 2. Nice to meet 3. I’m fine,


Good morning,
Ma’am. you. thank you.

4. 5. See you
Goodbye.
tomorrow.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 45


Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat membacakan kalimat-kalimat berikut.
1. Hello! 2. Hi!
3. Good morning. 4. Glad to see you again!
5. Nice to meet you. 6. How are you today?
7. I’m fine, thank you. 8. See you tomorrow.
9. Bye-bye. 10. Take care.

B. Listen to your teacher.


Repeat after him/her.
Then, read the dialogs aloud with a friend.

Dialog 1
Ika : Hello, my name is Ika.
Nia : Hello, Ika. I am Nia.
Ika : Where are you from, Nia?
Nia : I am from Madura. And you?
Ika : I am from Surabaya.
Dialog 2
Arya : Are you a new student?
Dinda : Yes, I am.
Arya : Welcome to this school. My name is Arya. What is your name?
Dinda : My name is Dinda. I am in Class VIIA.
Arya : So we are in the same class. I am in Class VIIA too.
Dialog 3
Tito : Good morning, Ma’am.
Mrs. Arwan : Good morning, Tito. Nice weather, isn’t it?
Tito : It is.
Mrs. Arwan : By the way, my bus is coming. See you again, Tito.
Tito : See you, Ma’am.

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat membacakan percakapan-percakapan berikut.
1. Denia and her mother are in a supermarket now. She meets her biology teacher, Ms. Endang.
Denia : Good afternoon, Ma’am.
Ms. Endang : Good afternoon, Nia. Shopping, right?
Denia : No. We are just doing some window shopping. Ma’am, please meet my
mother, Rianti. Mom, please meet Ms. Endang, my biology teacher.
Ms. Rianti : How do you do?
Ms. Endang : How do you do?
2. Andika is going home. He usually goes home by bus. He’s waiting a bus at the bus station
now. There is a girl sitting beside him.
Andika : Hi, I’m Andika. May I know your name?
Dewi : Hi, Andika. I’m Dewi.
Andika : Going home?
Dewi : Yeah.

46 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


Andika : Are you the student of SMP 1?
Dewi : Yes, I am.
Andika : I’m the student of SMP 1 too. I’m in Class VIIA.
Dewi : Are you? I’m in Class VIIC.
Andika : Nice to meet you.
Dewi : Nice to meet you.

C. Read the dialogs in Task B once again.


Then, answer the questions.
Dialog 1
1. Where is Ika from?
Jawaban: Surabaya.
2. How does Ika introduce herself?
Jawaban: By saying, “Hello, my name is Ika.”
Dialog 2
1. Who is the new student?
Jawaban: Dinda is.
2. Are Dinda and Arya in the same class?
Jawaban: Yes, they are.
3. In what class are they?
Jawaban: Class VIIA.
Dialog 3
1. How does Tito greet Mrs. Arwan?
Jawaban: By saying, “Good morning, Mrs. Arwan.”
2. In your opinion, where are they?
Jawaban: In a bus stop.
3. How does Mrs. Arwan show her leave-taking?
Jawaban: By saying, “See you again, Tito.”

D. Listen to your teacher.


Complete the dialogs below based on what you have heard.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Dialog 1
While Ms. Ria is still teaching, the bell rings.
Ms. Ria : Well, students, (1) that’s all for today. See you next Monday in the language laboratory.
Students : O.K., Ma’am. (2) Thank you for the lesson.
Teacher : You’re welcome. Bye.
Students : Bye, Ma’am.
Teacher : (3) Take care.
Students : You too, thank you.
Dialog 2
Dian : Hi! My name is Dian.
Utami : Hi! My name is Utami.
Dian : (4) You are the new neighbor, right?
Utami : Yes, I am. I just moved here last week.
Dian : (5) Welcome to the neighborhood. Well, nice to meet you, but I have to go to the
bookstore. See you.
Utami : O.K. See you!

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 47


Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberikan soal-soal berikut.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Dialog 1
Arman : Hi, Linda!
Linda : Hi, Arman! How are you?
Arman : I’m fine. Well, let me introduce my cousin, Hadi. (1) Hadi, this is Linda, my classmate.
Linda : Nice to meet you, Hadi.
Hadi : (2) Nice to meet you too, Linda.
Dialog 2
Agung meets his friend Gilang. He greets him.
Agung : Hi, Lang!
Gilang : Hi, Gung!
Agung : (3) How are things?
Gilang : Very well, thanks. And you?
Agung : (4) Me too, thanks. By the way, we’re going cycling. Why don’t you join?
Gilang : It would be great! (5) Thanks.
Dialog 3
The students of Class VIIC are learning English happily. But then, the bell rings.
Riiiiing . . . . Riiiiing . . . .
Teacher : Well, students. That’s all for today.
Students : O.K., Ma’am.
Teacher : (6) See you next Wednesday. Bye.
Students : See you, Ma’am. Bye.
Teacher : (7) Take care.
Students : Thank you.
Dialog 4
Mr. Hartawan is introducing Mr. Kartiko, his boss, to his brother, Mr. Purwanto.
Mr. Hartawan : Hello, Mr. Kartiko. How are you?
Mr. Kartiko : Hello, Mr. Hartawan. (8) Everything is fine. I hope you are well too.
Mr. Hartawan : Yeah, thanks. By the way, (9) please meet Purwanto, my brother. Pur, this is
Mr. Kartiko my boss.
Mr. Purwanto : (10) Good to see you.
Mr. Kartiko : Good to see you too, Sir.

E. Practice the dialogs in Task D with your friend.

48 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


Variasi:
Sebelum siswa mempraktikkan percakapan, guru dapat memberi soal-soal sebagai berikut.
A. Choose A, B, C, D for the correct Jawaban: B
answer. Pada malam hari ketika kamu akan
tidur, biasakan ucapkan ”Good night,
1. You meet your teacher at the front gate
Mom-Dad.”.
in the morning. You say, “________.”
A. Good evening, Ma’am
4. Riani : Amir, this is Novita, my
B. Goodbye
neighbor. Novi, this is Amir, my
C. Good morning, Ma’am
classmate.
D. Take care
Novi : Hello, Amir.
Jawaban: C
Amir : ________
Bertemu guru pada pagi hari, salam
A. Hello, Novi.
yang paling tepat diucapkan adalah
B. See you.
”Good morning, Ma’am.”.
C. How are you?
D. I’m fine, thanks.
2. The bell rings. It begins the school day.
Jawaban: A
You say, “________.” to your teacher.
Respons yang sesuai atas sapaan
A. Good night, Sir
”Hello” adalah ”Hello” pula.
B. Have a nice day, Sir
C. Glad to see you here
5. Mr. Anang : Let me introduce
D. Good morning, Sir
my colleague Mr. Iwan.
Jawaban: D
Mr. Iwan, this is Mr. Rinto.
Ketika kelas akan dimulai, beri salam
Mr. Rinto, this is Mr. Iwan.
kepada guru dengan ucapan ”Good
Mr. Rinto : How do you do?
morning, Sir.”.
Mr. Iwan : ________
A. How are you?
3. It’s 9 p.m. You want to go to bed. You
B. How do you do?
say, “________” to your parents.
C. How is life?
A. Good evening, Mom, Dad.
D. See you.
B. Good night, Mom, Dad.
Jawaban: B
C. See you tomorrow, Mom, Dad.
Respons yang tepat untuk sapaan
D. Bye, Mom, Dad.
perkenalan ”How do you do?” adalah
”How do you do?” juga.

B. Continue the sentences below.


1. You meet your schoolmate in the school canteen at 9:15 a.m. You say, “________.”
2. Lisa meets her friends on the street at 4 p.m. She says, “________.”
3. Ivan wants to go to school in the morning. He says, “________.”to his parents.
4. You leave your friend’s home. You say, “________.”
5. You meet your teacher in the afternoon. You say, “________.”
6. You introduce your friend to your parents. You say, “________.”
7. You introduce your science teacher to your parents. She says, “How do you do?”
Your parents responds to it by saying, “________?”
8. You greet your friend on the phone by saying, “________.”
9. You leave your grandparents’ house in the evening. You say, “________.”
10. Your grandparents respond your leave taking by saying, “________.”

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 49


Jawaban:
1. Good morning
2. Good afternoon
3. Goodbye, Mom, Dad
4. Bye. See you
5. Good afternoon, Sir/Madam
6. Mom, Dad, this is my friend Doni. Doni, these are my parents
7. How do you do
8. Hello
9. Good night, Grandpa, Grandma
10. Good night, dear

F. Listen to your teacher and write down what you have heard.
Complete what he/she says with is, am or are.

Example:
Your teacher says: I ________ a police.
You write: I am a police.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru:


1. Dina ________ a student.
2. My father ________ an architect.
3. Dian ________ at school.
4. Mr. Heru ________ a teacher.
5. Mother ________ at home.
6. The students ________ in the seventh grade.
7. We ________ students of SMP 6.
8. You ________ beautiful.
9. Sari ________ a nurse.
10. Anto and Andi ________ in the school yard.

Jawaban:
1. Dina is a student. 2. My father is an architect.
3. Dian is at school. 4. Mr. Heru is a teacher.
5. Mother is at home. 6. The students are in the seventh grade
7. We are students of SMP 6. 8. You are beautiful.
9. Sari is a nurse. 10. Anto and Andi are in the school yard.

G. Complete the texts with is, am or are.

Text 1
Hello, I (1) ________ Nia. I have a brother. He (2) ________ Edo. We (3) ________ the
students of SMP 8. I (4) ________ in the seventh grade, and he (5) ________ in the ninth grade.
We go to school together.
Text 2
Mr. Karta (6) ________ my uncle. He lives next to us. He has a beautiful wife. Her maiden
name (7) ________ Riana. So I (8) ________ Mr and Mrs. Karta’s niece and Edo (9) ________
their nephew. Mr and Mrs. Karta have two twin daughters and a son. Their daughters’ names
(10) ________ Ranti and Rina and their son’s name (11) ________ Adi. So they (12) ________

50 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


my cousins. Ranti and Rina (13) ________ twelve years old while Adi (14) ________ ten years old.
The family have three cats. They (15) ________ Kitty, Nunny and Ancy.
Jawaban:
1. am 2. is 3. are 4. am 5. is
6. is 7. is 8. am 9. is 10. are
11. is 12. are 13. are 14. is 15. are

H. Find the opposite meanings of the following words.


You may find the answers in the texts in Task G.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. husband >< wife
2. nephew >< niece
3. aunt >< uncle
4. sister >< brother
5. son >< daughter

Variasi:
Find the meanings of the words and the answers in Task H.
Jawaban:
1. ● husband = suami ● wife = istri
2. ● nephew = keponakan laki-laki ● niece = keponakan perempuan
3. ● aunt = bibi ● uncle = paman
4. ● sister = saudara perempuan ● brother = saudara laki-laki
5. ● son = anak laki-laki ● daughter = anak perempuan

I. The words in Task H show us about family relationships.


Study other family relationships below.
Find their meanings in your dictionary.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. parents = orang tua
2. grandparents = kakek dan nenek
3. grandfather = kakek
4. grandmother = nenek
5. cousin = saudara sepupu
6. grandchild = cucu
7. grandson = cucu laki-laki
8. granddaughter = cucu perempuan
9. elder sister = kakak perempuan
10. younger brother = adik laki-laki
11. sister-in-law = saudara ipar perempuan
12. brother-in-law = saudara ipar laki-laki
13. father-in-law = ayah mertua
14. mother-in-law = ibu mertua
15. son-in-law = menantu laki-laki
16. daughter-in-law = menantu perempuan
17. stepfather = ayah tiri
18. stepmother = ibu tiri
19. stepbrother = saudara tiri laki-laki
20. stepsister = saudara tiri perempuan

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 51


J. Find the names of ten family relationships in this puzzle.
The words can go across or down.

Jawaban:

K. Look at the family tree.


Complete the sentences based on the family tree.

Mr. Bahar + Mrs. Bahar

Agus + Lia Tuti Ima

Ida

1. Ida is Tuti’s ________.


2. Mr. Bahar is Ida’s ________.
3. Agus is Tuti’s ________.
4. Mrs. Bahar is Ima’s ________.
5. Agus is Ida’s ________.
Jawaban:
1. niece
2. grandfather
3. brother-in-law
4. mother
5. father

52 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberikan soal-soal berikut.
Mr. Arif Mrs. Arif

Mrs. Tino Mr. Tino Mrs. Cahyo Mr. Cahyo

Tika Berlina Candra

Mr. Galung Mrs. Galung

Pratama
1. Mr. and Mrs. Arif have three ________; Mr. Tino, Mr. Galung, and Mrs. Cahyo.
2. Mr. and Mrs Arif are Candra’s ________.
3. Mrs. Cahyo is Candra’s ________.
4. Mr. Galung is Mrs. Cahyo’s ________.
5. Mrs. Cahyo is Mr. Tino’s ________.
6. Mrs. Galung is Tika’s ________.
7. Mr. Galung is Candra’s ________.
8. Candra is Pratama’s ________.
9. Tika and Berlina are Mr. and Mrs. Cahyo’s ________.
10. Pratama is Mrs. Tino’s ________.
Jawaban:
1. children 2. grandparents 3. mother 4. brother 5. sister
6. aunt 7. uncle 8. cousin 9. nieces 10. nephew

L. Listen to your teacher.


Complete the text based on what you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Hi, I’m Rosalia. I have a (1) brother named Harry. So, I’m Harry’s (2) sister. Mr. and Mrs. Agung
Nugraha are my (3) parents. Mrs. Nugraha is my (4) mother. Mr. Agung Nugraha is my (5) father.
I have two (6) cousins. They are Hanung and Arya. Mrs. Sisca Gunawan is my (7) aunt. So it
means that I am her (8) niece. Mr. and Mrs. Haryawan are my (9) grandparents. It means that I am
their (10) granddaughter.

Variasi:
Make a family tree based on the complete text in Task L.
Jawaban:
Mr. Haryawan + Mrs. Haryawan

Gunawan + Sisca Jelita + Agung Nugraha

Hanung Arya Rosalia Harry

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 53


A. Read the alphabets below.
Look at the pictures.
Say the words with proper pronunciation.

A /ei/ B /bi:/ C /si:/ D /di:/ E /i:/

apple /'Apl/ bird /bE:rd/ candy /'kAndi/ daddy /'dAdi/ ear /ir/

F /ef/ G /d55i:/ H /eitss/ I /ai/ J /d55ei/

fan /fAn/ girl /gE:rl/ hen /hen/ ice cream jug /d5ng/
/ais kri:m/
K /kei/ L /el/ M /em/ N /en/ O /ou/

kettle /'ketl/ lady /'leidi/ money /'mnni/ notebook orange/'c:rind5/


/'noutbuk/

P /pi:/ Q /kju:/ R /a:(r)/ S /es/ T /ti:/

pen /pen/ quill /kwil/ roof /ru:f/ shoe /su:/ television


/'telivi5n/

54 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


U /ju:/ V /vi:/ W /'dnblju:/

unicorn volcano wok /wak/


/'ju:nike:n/ /va:l'keineu/

X /eks/ Y /wai/ Z /zi:/

o
yolk /youk/ zebra /'zebre/
X-ray /eks rei/

B. Spell the words below aloud.

Kata-kata yang dieja siswa dan jawaban:


1. d-e-s-k : /di:/-/i:/-/es/-/kei/
2. r-u-l-e-r : /a:(r)/-/ju:/-/el/-/i:/-/a:(r)/
3. c-u-r-l-y : /si:/-/ju:/-/a:(r)/-/el/-/wai/
4. y-a-r-d : /wai/-/ei/-/a:(r)/-/di:/
5. f-i-n-g-e-r : /ef/-/ai/-/en/-/d5i:/-/i:/-/a:(r)/

Variasi:
Spell the words below correctly.
Do it in turns.
1. ant /ei/-/en/-/ti:/ 2. bed /bi:/-/i:/-/di:/
3. curly /si:/-/ju:/a(r)/-/el/-/wai/ 4. door /di:/-/ou/-/ou/-/a:(r)/
5. heel /eits/-/i:/-/i:-el/ 6. finger /ef/-/ai/-/en-/d5i:/i:/-/a:(r)/
7. lips /el/-/ai/-/pi:/-/es/ 8. neck /en/-/i:/si/-/kei/
9. stomach /es/-/ti:/-/ou/-/em/-/ei/-/si:/-/eits/ 10. zipper /zi:/-/ai/-/pi:/-/pi:/-/i:/-/a:(r)/

C. Read the dialogs aloud.


Mind your pronunciation and intonation.
Dialog 1
Nina : Good morning, Sir.
Teacher : Good morning. Are you the student of SMP 5?
Nina : Yes, Sir. I am in the seventh grade.
Teacher : I see. And you are . . . .
Nina : Nina, Sir.
Teacher : Well, Nina. Glad to meet you.
Nina : Glad to meet you too, Sir.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 55


Dialog 2
Mr. Royandi is introducing Mr. Haryono to his guest, Mr. Santoso.
Mr. Royandi : Good evening, Mr. Santoso. How are you?
Mr. Santoso : Good evening, Mr. Royandi. Everything is fine. I hope you are well too.
Mr. Royandi : I am, thank you. By the way, please meet Mr. Haryono, the vice headmaster.
Mr. Haryono, please meet Mr. Santoso, the Director of PT Trikarya.
Mr. Haryono : Good to see you, Sir.
Mr. Santoso : Good to see you too, Sir.

Variasi:
Practice the dialogs below with a friend.
1. Ida : Good morning, Mom.
Mother : Good morning, Ida. Going to school now?
Ida : Yes. Goodbye, Mom.
Mother : Goodbye, dear. Take care.
2. Diana : Good afternoon, Sir.
Teacher : Good afternoon, Diana. Don’t forget that the biology class is in the lab today?
Diana : Sure, Sir.
3. Jimmy : Good morning, Ms. Jean.
Ms. Jean : Good morning, Jimmy. How are you today?
Jimmy : Fine, thanks, Ms. Jean. I hope you are fine too.
Ms. Jean : I am, thanks.
4. Tanti : Excuse me. May I sit here?
Bella : Yes, please.
Tanti : I’m Tanti. What’s your name?
Bella : I’m Bella.
Tanti : Glad to see you, Bella.
Bella : Glad to see you too, Tanti.
5.
Hello, Carla, how are you?
I am fine, Tasha,
thank you. Is she
No, she’s not. Carla, this is your sister?
Joan, my cousin. Joan, this is
Carla, my close friend. Hello, Joan.
Nice to meet you.

Hello, Carla. Nice


to meet you too.

56 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


D. Introduce yourself based on one of the cards.

Sofyan Marpaung (Sofyan) Achmad Zazuli (Azul)


Jalan Hayam Wuruk 12 Jalan Abubakar Ali 52

Rina Mizwar (Rina) Andrea Rahmawati (Dea)


Jalan Sawit Sari 6 Jalan Dr. Wahidin 43

Aris Siahaan (Aris) Rizka Aminah (Riris)


Jalan Kampung Sewu Xa no 12 Jalan Achmad Yani 42

Contoh jawaban:
1. Good morning, friends. My name is Sofyan Marpaung. You can call me Sofyan. I live at Jalan
Hayam Wuruk 12. Well, it is near Pasar Wedi. Please drop in.
2. Hello, I am Achmad Zazuli. Just call me Azul. I live at Jalan Abubakar Ali 52. That’s all about me.

Variasi:
Come to the front of the class.
Introduce yourself. Do it in turns.
Example:

Good morning, my friends. I want to introduce myself.


I am Galang Herlambang. Just call me Galang.
I live at Jalan Duren Tiga number ten. Please drop in.
Thank you.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 57


E. Make dialogs based on the pictures.

1. 2.

You want to introduce your You are on the way to school. You
mother to the principal. meet your mother’s friend. You greet
What would you say? her. What would the two of you say?

Contoh jawaban:
1. Nina : Good morning, Mr. Sanusi.
Mr. Sanusi : Good morning, Nina.
Nina : I’d like to introduce my mother, Asti Hendrawan. Mom, this is the principal
Mr. Sanusi.
Mr.Sanusi : How do you do, Mrs. Hendrawan?
Mrs. Hendrawan : How do you do, Mr. Sanusi?
2. Shinta : Good morning, Mrs. Ridwan.
Mrs. Ridwan : Good morning, Shinta. You go to school early today.
Shinta : Yes, I am. I’m afraid of missing the bus. See you.
Mrs. Ridwan : See you.

Variasi:
A. Interview your friends to complete the table.
Example:
Rano : Hi, I’m Rano, Rano Triadi. What’s your name?
Fian : Hi, Rano. I’m Fiantono Gunadi. Call me Fian.
Rano : Where do you live, Fian?
Fian : I live at Jalan Perdamaian Utara number 6, Semarang. And you?
Rano : I live at Jalan Gombel Permai number 22, Semarang. Thanks, Fian.
Fian : You’re welcome.
No. Name Nickname Address
1. Fianto Guandi Fian Jalan Perdamaian Utara number 6 Semarang
2.
3.
4.
5.

58 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


B. Tell the result of your interview in Task A to the class.
Contoh jawaban:
Hi, friends. I got a friend. He’s Fiantono Gunadi. I call him Fian. He lives at Jalan Perdamaian
Utara number 6, Semarang.

C. Work in groups of three.


Introduce one of your friends to the other.
Contoh jawaban:

Ron, please meet Bintang, my playmate.


Bintang, this is Roni, my new friend from Hi, Bintang. It’s nice
Bogor. to see you. Hi, Ron. It’s nice to
see you, too.

F. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Read the text and answer questions 1 to 3. 2. What do you know about Ms. Dwiyanti?
Ms. Dwiyanti is my English teacher. She A. She teaches grade VIII.
always comes to our class on time. Before B. She always comes to the writer’s
teaching, she always greets us, “Good class on time.
morning, students. How are you?” To reply her, C. She never leaves the class.
we say, “We are fine, thanks.” Then, she starts D. She never teaches vocabularies.
teaching vocabularies. When the bell rings, Jawaban: B
she ends the lesson by saying “See you again, Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan
class. Have a nice day.” And we reply her, kalimat, ”She always comes to our class
“See you. Thank you, Miss.” on time.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain tidak
sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (A)
1. What is Ms. Dwiyanti? artinya dia mengajar kelas VIII,
A. A student. (seharusnya kelas VII), (C) artinya dia
B. A teacher. tidak pernah meninggalkan kelas, dan (D)
C. A principal artinya dia tidak pernah mengajar tata
D. A librarian. bahasa dan kosakata.
Jawaban: B
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat 3. How does Ms. Dwiyanti say her leave
”Ms. Dwiyanti is my English teacher.” yang taking?
artinya ”Bu Dwiyanti adalah guru bahasa A. By saying “See you later.”
Inggris saya.”. Student artinya siswa, B. By saying “Good morning, students.”
principal artinya kepala sekolah, dan C. By saying “See you again, class.”
librarian artinya petugas perpustakaan. D. By saying “See you.”

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 59


Jawaban: C 4. What is Rina? She is ________.
Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan A. a student B. a librarian
kalimat ”When the bell rings, she ends the C. a teacher D. a principal
lesson by saying ’See you again, class. Jawaban: A
Have a nice day.’.” yang artinya ”Ketika bel Teks tersebut menjelaskan bahwa Rina
berbunyi, beliau mengakhiri pelajaran Setyowati bersekolah di SMP N 5. Jadi,
dengan berkata ’Sampai jumpa kembali, dia seorang siswa (a student). Pilihan
anak-anak. Semoga hari kalian jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
menyenangkan.’.”. Pilihan jawaban yang sesuai dengan isi teks.
lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks.
5. How old is Rina? She is ________ years
old.
Read the text and answer questions 4 and 5.
A. 12 B. 13
Hello, my name is Rina Setyowati. My C. 14 D. 15
friends call me Rina. I am thirteen years old. Jawaban: B
I live in Yogyakarta. I study in SMP N 5. Now Jawaban ini sesuai dengan pernyataan
I am in the first grade. I go to school on foot. pada kalimat ketiga ”I am thirteen years old.”
My home is not far from my school. yang artinya ”Saya berusia 13 tahun.”.

Variasi:
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the text and answer questions 1 and 2. Read the text and answer questions 3 to 5.
Hello, I am Nunung Setyaningrum. My Hello, my name is Magic Sloanne. I live
friends call me Aning. I am thirteen years old. with my cousins, Donny and Bryan, at 60
I live in Bogor. I am in the first grade of SMP Hyde Park Street. It is near Lakeland Street.
N 1. I go to school by bike. My house is quite This is my new neighbor. His name is Vicky
far from my school. Martinez. He lives on the same street as
1. What is the girl in the text? I live. I like to have a friend like him because
She is ________. he is very clever and kind.
A. a student B. a librarian Source: Ujian Nasional
C. a teacher D. a principal 3. Where does Vicky live?
Jawaban: A A. Near Hyde Park Street.
Teks tersebut menjelaskan bahwa B. On Lakeland Street.
Nunung Setyaningrum bersekolah di C. On Hyde Park Street.
SMP N 1. Jadi, dia seorang siswa D. Far from Lakeland Street.
(a student). Jawaban: C
2. Aning goes to school ________. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”He
A. by car B. by bicycle lives on the same street as I live.” yang
C. by bus D. on foot artinya ”Dia (Vicky) tinggal di jalan yang
Jawaban: B sama dengan tempat tinggal saya.”.
Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan Sementara itu, tempat tinggal penulis
pernyataan pada kalimat keenam, ”I go terdapat di kalimat kedua, ”I live with my
to school by bike.” yang artinya ”Saya cousins, Donny and Bryan, at 60 Hyde
pergi ke sekolah dengan bersepeda.”. Park Street.”. Frasa keterangan tempat
”at 60 Hyde Park Street” sama dengan
”on Hyde Park Street” yang artinya
”di Jalan Hyde Park”.

60 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


4. Who is Magic Sloanne? 5. “. . . because he is very clever and kind.”
A. Donny’s brother. (line 7)
B. Bryan’s cousin. What does the underlined word refer to?
C. Vicky’s cousin. A. Donny. B. Magic Sloanne.
D. Vicky’s sister. C. Bryan. D. Vicky Martinez.
Jawaban: B Jawaban: D
Jawaban ini sesuai dengan pernyataan Kata ganti orang ’he’ mengacu pada
pada kalimat kedua ”I live with my subjek yang telah disebutkan di kalimat
cousins, Donny and Bryan, . . . .”. Pilihan sebelumnya, yaitu ”His name is Vicky
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak Martinez.”.
sesuai dengan isi teks.

G. Read the text below.


Then, answer the questions.
Let me introduce myself. My name is Rosalinda. I am an actress. I live with my husband, Andrew
Copernicov, and my son Robert and daughter Elisse. We live at 34 Tahoe City, California. Now my niece
Leonny and my nephew Ron are visiting us. They are the children of my brother Surya. My uncle’s
family are here too. Our house becomes so crowded because of them.
Questions:
1. How many children does Rosalinda have?
Jawaban: Two.
2. Who are they?
Jawaban: Robert and Elisse.
3. What does Rosalinda do?
Jawaban: She is an actress.
4. Who is Leonny?
Jawaban: She is Rosalinda’s niece.
5. Where do the family live?
Jawaban: They live at 34 Tahoe City, California.

Variasi:
Read the text.
Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on it.
Hi, I’m Henry. Mr. Lawson is my father. Mrs. Riani Lawson is my mother. They have four
children, two boys and two girls. So, I have two sisters and one brother. I’m the fourth child.
I was born on the sixth of May 1994. Now I am in Grade VII in SMPN 2. There are forty-two
students in my class. I really like my class.
Statements:
1. ______ There are four people in Henry’s family.
2. ______ Mr. Lawson has three children.
3. ______ Henry is the only son.
4. ______ Henry is fourteen years old now.
5. ______ Henry studies in junior high school.
Jawaban:
1. F 2. F 3. F 4. T 5. T

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 61


H. Look at the pictures.
Repeat after your teacher.

hair m o forehead


o eyebrows
eye m
ear m  o cheek

nose m  o lip
 
tooth m m chin

m
neck

elbow m

finger m

o head

shoulder m
chest m

o arm

o hand

thigh m

knee m

o leg

heel m o foot

o toes

I. Rearrange the letters below into proper words.


The words are parts of our body.

1. w–o–b–l–e : ________ 2. o–t-m–h–u : ________


3. r–a–m : ________ 4. e–e–y : ________
5. h–s–e–t–c : ________ 6. n–e–i–r–g–f : ________
7. r–a–i–h : ________ 8. h–t–h–i–g : ________
9. r–a–e : ________ 10. o–h–t–t–o : ________

Jawaban:
1. elbow 2. mouth 3. arm 4. eye 5. chest
6. finger 7. hair 8. thigh 9. ear 10. tooth

62 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


Variasi:
Look at the picture. Label parts of the body pointed by the arrows.

1 2 1. ________
2. ________
3. ________
4 4. ________
3
5. ________
6. ________
5 7. ________
8. ________
9. ________
6 10. ________

8
7

9
10

Jawaban:
1. hair 2. cheek 3. neck 4. shoulder 5. arm
6. hand 7. finger(s) 8. knee 9. leg 10. foot

J. Do the instructions in pairs.

What to do:
● Look at the picture.
● Point to a part of the man’s body, for example, his nose. Then, say “This is his nose.”
● Then, your partner points to a part of the person’s body, and say “This is his ear.”

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 63


Contoh jawaban:
Student A (menunjuk kedua tangan orang dalam gambar) : These are his hands.
Student B (menunjuk kepala orang dalam gambar) : This is his head.
Student A (menunjuk dahi orang dalam gambar) : This is his forehead.
Student B (menunjuk bibir orang dalam gambar) : These are his lips.
Student A (menunjuk kedua kaki orang dalam gambar) : These are his legs.
Student B (menunjuk jari-jari orang dalam gambar) : These are his fingers.
Student A (menunjuk kedua telinga orang dalam gambar) : These are his ears.

Variasi:
● Guru dapat memegang satu bagian tubuh, misalnya pundak.
● Kemudian, guru menyuruh siswa menyebutkan bagian tubuh yang dipegang guru
menggunakan that/those, misalnya, ”That is your shoulder.”
● Guru juga dapat menyebutkan bagian tubuh tertentu, misalnya jari. Kemudian, guru
menyuruh siswa memegang jari-jarinya dan menyebutkan bagian tubuh tersebut dengan
this/these, misalnya ”These are my fingers.”.

K. Label the pictures using the words in the box.

eggs shoes chicken balloons


jacket glass cap tie

1 2 3

This is a ________. These are ________. That is a ________.

4 5

It is a ________. Those are ________.

Jawaban:
1. cap
2. eggs
3. tie
4. jacket
5. balloons

64 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


L. Make five sentences using ‘This/That’ or ‘These/Those’.
Contoh jawaban:
1. This is our classroom. 2. That’s the hall.
3. Is that the basketball court? 4. These are not my books.
5. Are those your new shoes?

Variasi:
Make sentences based on the pictures.
Use This/That, and These/Those.

1 2 3

4 5

Contoh jawaban:
1. This is/That is a broom. 2. These are/Those are belts.
3. These are/Those are apples. 4. This is/That is a bird.
5. This is/That is a horse.

M. Suppose you are one of these people.


Introduce yourself.

1 2 3

Picture source: Picture source: Picture source:


http://www.kapanlagi.com/g/ http://id.wikipedia.org/wiki/ http://selebriti.kapanlagi.com/
agnes_monica_dan_boyz_ii_men/ Bambang_Pamungkas cinta_laura/ (April 8, 2008)
agnes_monica-20070502-034- (April 8, 2008)
wawan.jpg (April 8, 2008)

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 65


Contoh jawaban:
1. Hi, friends, my name is Agnes Monica. I was born in Jakarta, July 1, 1986. Now I live in
Jakarta. Nice to meet all of you.
2. Hi, my name is Bambang Pamungkas. You can call me Bambang. I was born on June 10,
1980. I am from Salatiga, East Java. I really love football. Nice to meet you all.
3. Hello, guys. My complete name is Cinta Laura Kiehl. You can call me Cinta. I was born in
Quedlinburg, Germany on August 17, 1993. I am an actress, as you know.
Sources:
– http://www.info-artis.com/artist/1/Agnes_Monica/Agnes_Monica.html (April 8, 2008)
– http://id.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bambang_Pamungkas (April 8, 2008)
– http://www.info-artis.com/artist/261/Cinta_Laura/Cinta_Laura.html (April 8, 2008)

N. Look at the picture.


Read the text aloud.

Hi! My name is Silvana. My father is Mr. Farhan and my mother is Mrs. Farhan. My mother’s
maiden name is Ellyani. My father is tall and thin. He wears spectacles. My mother is tall and fat.
About me, people say that I am slim. I have big eyes and straight hair. I have a sister named Andrea.
She is tall and has a prominent nose. Different from me, she has curly hair. I also have a younger
brother. He is Donny. He is short, fat and . . . funny.

O. Answer the questions based on the text in Task N.

1. What is the text about?


Jawaban: It’s about Silvana’s family.
2. Who wears spectacles?
Jawaban: Silvana’s father does.
3. How many sisters does Silvana have?
Jawaban: One.
4. Who is Silvana’s brother?
Jawaban: Donny is.
5. What is the maiden name of Silvana’s mother?
Jawaban: Ellyani is.

66 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


P. Read the words below aloud.
Find their meanings in your dictionary.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:


1. tall = tinggi 2. fat = gemuk
3. slim = langsing 4. thin = kurus
5. straight hair = rambut lurus 6. curly hair = rambut keriting
7. short = pendek 8. spectacles = kacamata
9. prominent nose = hidung mancung 10. maiden name = nama kecil

Variasi:
The words above tell us about our appearance.
Study other words which deal with your appearance.
Find their meanings in your dictionary.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. slanted eyes = mata sipit
2. blond hair = rambut pirang
3. flat nose = hidung pesek
4. wavy hair = rambut bergelombang
5. bald = botak
6. chubby = gemuk (konotasi positif)

Q. Tell something about each person below.


You may use the words in the box.

● big eyes ● long and straight hair ● short and blond hair
● prominent nose ● long and blond hair ● chubby

1 2 3

Pictures sources:
● Picture 1: http://daejanggeum.blogsome.com/
images/200510200koreastars.jpg (December
4 5 23, 2008)
● Picture 2: http://www.joy2day.com/fashion-and-
showbiz/women-corner/hair-care/hair-styles/
short/images/big-as2.jpg (December 23, 2008)
● Picture 3: http://www.joy2day.com/children-corner/
babies-wallpapers/photo8.php (December 23,
2008)
● Picture 4: http://www.sxc.hu/pic/m/d/da/dafalias/
313046_girl_with_long_blonde_hair.jpg
● Picture 5: http://bp3.blogger.com/_hzJVKDy85-g/
R0SFeUB4yuI/AAAAAAAAAM8/_NYQZY9jqAk/
s1600-h/nia.jpg (December 23, 2008)

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 67


Jawaban:
1. The girl has long and straight hair.
2. The woman has short and blond hair. She also has a prominent nose.
3. The baby has big eyes and looks chubby.
4. The woman has long and blond hair.
5. The girl is tall and slim.

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat menambah soal sebagai berikut.

● wavy hair ● prominent nose ● slanted eyes ● straight hair


● curly hair ● flat nose ● big eyes ● long hair

1 2 3

4 5

Jawaban:
1. He has a prominent nose.
2. He has a flat nose.
3. The kid has big eyes.
4. The man has slanted eyes.
5. The girl has straight long hair.

R. Look at the picture.


Describe the person.

Picture source: http://coolblue.typepad.com/photos/memorial_day_2004/


clown.jpg (December 24, 2008)

68 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


Contoh jawaban:
The man is a clown. He is big and fat. His cheek is white and his hair is yellow blond. He has a big
red nose.

Variasi:
Write an introduction based on each biodata below.
1.
Name : Amanda
Age : 14
Country : United Kingdom
E-mail : angel_piece@yahoo.com
Hobbies : Reading, listening to pop music, hanging out with friends
Physical appearance : Tall, slim, wear glasses

2.
Name : Pablo
Age : 11
Country : Brazil
E-mail : kingpablo@yahoo.com
Hobbies : Playing guitar, drawing (especially cartoon), correspondence
Physical appearance : Chubby, wear glasses, blond hair

Contoh jawaban:
1. Hi! My name is Amanda. I’m 14 years old. I am tall and slim. I wear glasses. I speak
only English. I can tell you about English learning if you like. I love reading, listening to
music and hanging out with friends. Send your e-mail and 100% reply!

2. Hi! I’m Pablo. I’m 11 years old. I want to have pen friends from around the world.
I am good at playing guitar. I also love drawing cartoons and doing correspondence.
About my appearance, people say that I’m chubby. I also have blond hair and wear
glasses. I’m looking forward to your e-mail. Reply guarantee!

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 69


1.2 Short Functional Texts: Spoken Messages and Birthday Cards

Spoken Text

Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/her.

Ryan, mother is out today. You are allowed to eat the rice and fried chicken in the cupboard.

The text is a spoken message. You can leave this message for somebody when you can't
speak to him/her yourself. You may listen to such a message from a telephone machine.

Written Text

Look at the card and read the sentences.

Source: http://www.greetingsyard.com/images/product/
open/ first-birthday-cards-1-3.jpg (December 18, 2008)

The card is a birthday card. You can send or give a birthday card to someone you love or
you know well, of course on his/her birthday. Sometimes people also give a birthday gift
along with the birthday card.
On the card, you write something nice, especially your wish or pray for the birthday person.

70 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


Answer the following questions.
1. Do you often receive a message?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.
2. What is it about?
Contoh jawaban: It’s about studying together.
3. Who sends it?
Contoh jawaban: My friend does.

A. Listen to your teacher.


Repeat after him/her.

Text 1
Nina, this is Aunt Ratna.
I really want to see you all.
Will you all be at home during holiday season?

Text 2
Dear Joice, this is Daddy.
I am going to have a meeting today.
Maybe I will come home late today. Sorry about that.

B. Answer the questions based on the texts in Task A.

Text 1
1. Who sends the message?
Jawaban: Aunt Ratna does.
2. What is the relationship between Nina and Ratna?
Jawaban: Ratna is Nina’s aunt or Nina is Ratna’s niece.
3. What does Ms. Ratna want to do?
Jawaban: To see Nina and her family.

Text 2
1. Who will be home late?
Jawaban: Joice’s daddy.
2. Why is he late?
Jawaban: Because he is going to have a meeting.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 71


Variasi:
A. Listen and repeat after your teacher.
Text 1
Anna, this is Tiara.
May I borrow your dictionary?
I need it to do my Engish homework.

Text 2
Rahma, I’m Hendra.
Are you free on Thursday?
I’d like to go to the book fair with you.

B. Answer the questions based on the texts in Task A.


Text 1
1. Who sends the message?
Jawaban: Tiara does.
2. Whom is the message for?
Jawaban: Anna.
3. What does Tiara want to borrow?
Jawaban: A dictionary.
Text 2
1. Who sends the message?
Jawaban: Hendra does.
2. What does Hendra ask Rahma to do?
Jawaban: To see a book fair with him.

C. Listen to your teacher.


Then, complete the messages below.
Teks-teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Text 1
Dina, I am Ella.
I am (1) interested in knowing more about Sandra, your (2) cousin. Would you (3) introduce
me to her? Thank you.

Text 2
Mrs. Lukman, this is Linda Gunawan. I have got (4) the bag you want to buy. You can (5) pick
it up at my house anytime. Thanks.

D. State whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) based on the texts in Task C.
1. ______ Sandra is Ella’s cousin.
2. ______ Ella is interested in knowing more about Sandra.
3. ______ Mrs. Lukman sends the message to Ms. Linda Gunawan.
4. ______ Ms. Linda Gunawan has got the bag Mrs. Lukman wants to buy.
5. ______ Mrs. Lukman can pick the bag anytime.

72 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


Jawaban:
1. F 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. T

Variasi:
A. Match the words in column A with their meanings in column B.

A B
1. interested a. kapan saja
2. introduce b. memperoleh
3. have got c. tertarik
4. pick up d. memperkenalkan
5. anytime e. mengambil

Jawaban:
1. c 2. d 3. b 4. e 5. a
B. Make sentences using the words in column A Task A.
Contoh jawaban:
1. My brother is interested in photography.
2. I want to introduce you to my sister.
3. My mother has got the blue bag.
4. Pick up your pen on the floor, please.
5. You can come to my house anytime.

A. Read the messages aloud.

Text 1
Hello, Rina. It’s me Nia.
I really want to see the football match this afternoon. Would you come with me?

Text 2
Seno, this is Bambang speaking. I forgot to return Anna’s book entitled “Dreaming of Canada”.
Would you do it for me, please? Thanks beforehand.

B. Answer the questions based on the texts in Task A.

Text 1
1. Who wants to see a football match?
Jawaban: Nia does.
2. What does Nia want Rina to do?
Jawaban: To accompany her to see a football match.
Text 2
1. Who forgot to return a book?
Jawaban: Bambang did.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 73


2. What is the title of the book?
Jawaban: Dreaming of Canada.
3. Who has the book?
Jawaban: Anna does.

C. Find the meanings of the words below.


Then, make sentences using the words.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:


1. entitled = yang berjudul 2. accompany = menemani
3. return = mengembalikan 4. really = sungguh-sungguh
5. dream = memimpikan
Contoh jawaban:
1. I want to buy a novel entitled The Da Vinci Code.
2. Nina will accompany me to the mall.
3. You should return my book tomorrow.
4. I really like correspondence.
5. I dream to study overseas.

D. Write a message for a friend at school.


Then, read your message aloud.

Contoh jawaban:
1. Lia, this is Rima. What is our assignment for tomorrow?
2. Dian, Mom and Dad are in Aunt Betty’s house. Please come here soon.
We are waiting for you for dinner.

A. Read the card aloud.


What is it about?

Adapted from: http://www.cardsnscrolls.co.uk/images/large/


inside_birthday_funny.gif (December 18, 2008)

Jawaban:
It’s a birthday card for Elly, from Sandy and John.

74 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


Variasi:
Read the texts with proper pronunciation.

1.
A birthday wish with a friendly touch for
someone who loves you very much.

HAPPY BIRTHDAY

2.

Wishing you a birthday . . . .


Blooming with happiness and wonderful moments!
Happy Birthday

B. Find the meanings of the words in your dictionary.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:


1. smile = tersenyum
2. laugh = tertawa
3. present = hadiah
4. happy = senang/selamat
5. love = cinta

Variasi:
A. Read the texts with proper pronunciation.

Source: http://www.sendacard.com Source: http://www.dgreetings.com

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 75


B. Find the meanings of the words.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. extraordinary = luar biasa
2. deserve = berhak, layak
3. joy = kebahagiaan
4. especially = terutama, khususnya
5. pelase = menyenangkan
6. filled with = diisi dengan
7. moment = momen, peristiwa
8. everything = segalanya
9. wish = mengharapkan/mengucapkan selamat
10. special = khusus

C. Complete the sentences with the words in Task B.

1. It is good to ________ when we greet someone.


2. We give Linda a nice ________ in her birthday.
3. We ________ aloud when we hear the joke.
4. On the Mother’s Day, we give our mom a bunch of flowers to express our ________.
5. On January 1, we usually say, “Have a ________ New Year.”

Jawaban:
1. smile 2. present 3. laugh 4. love 5. happy

D. Read the card below.


Is it for a girl, a boy or twins?
How do you know?

Source: http://img.123greetings.com/eventsnew/birth_fortwins/1008-
016-01-1040.gif (December 18, 2008)

Jawaban:
The card is for twins. We can see it from the phrases referring to twins, such as “twice”, “double”
and “a pair of”.

76 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


E. Match the words in column A with their meanings in column B.

A B
1. twice a. kehendak
2. laughter b. dua kali
3. a wish c. barang-barang
4. loaded with d. tawa
5. goodies e. sepasang
6. double f. dipenuhi dengan
7. hug g. lipat dua
8. joy h. mengirim
9. a pair i. pelukan
10. send j. kegembiraan

Jawaban:
1. b 2. d 3. a 4. f 5. c
6. g 7. i 8. j 9. e 10. h

A. Complete the birthday card with the words in the box.

a. special b. surprises c. Mother


d. lots of e. nicest

Adapted from: http://img.123greetings.com/eventsnew/birth_momndad/


1008-025-18-1069.gif (December 19, 2008)

Jawaban:
1. c 2. a 3. e 4. b 5. d

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 77


Variasi:
Complete the birthday card below with the suitable words in the box.

a. clap b. smile c. sent


d. forever e. gather

This card is being (1) ________ today.


Just for you!
People (2) ________ to sing,
(3) ________ hands, laugh and (4) ________
They wish you happy (5) ________.
May this birthday be the best that you have ever known.

Jawaban:
1. c 2. e 3. a 4. b 5. d

B. Write a birthday card.


Then, give it to someone you love on his/her birthday.

Contoh jawaban:

Source: http://muthuvedi.com/includes/images/
birthday-card.jpg (December 19, 2008)

78 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


Write down your family tree.
Then, introduce yourself and your family members based on the family tree.

Read and memorize the words. learn : mempelajari


Use them whenever you speak English. may : semoga
neighbor : tetangga
aloud : keras/nyaring pen friend : sahabat pena
assignment : tugas principal : kepala sekolah
born : lahir public transport : angkutan umum
collect : mengumpulkan repeat : menirukan
extraordinary : luar biasa sender : pengirim
fill : mengisi shake hands : berjabat tangan
intended : yang dituju surprise : kejutan
interested : tertarik understand : memahami, mengerti

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 79


5. My name is Rika. I ________ a student.
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
A. am
B. is
1. It is the first lesson in the morning. You
C. do
greet your teacher and say, “________”
D. does
A. Good night, Ma’am.
Jawaban: A
B. Morning, friend!
Subjek ’I’ adalah orang pertama tunggal,
C. Good morning, Ma’am.
sehingga be yang benar adalah am.
D. Hi!
Jawaban: C
6.
Ketika bertemu guru pada pagi hari, sapaan
yang paling tepat diucapkan adalah ”Good o This is his ________.
morning, Ma’am.”, bukan ”Morning, friend.”
atau ”Hi.” karena sapaan tersebut diucapkan
kepada teman atau orang sebaya.
2. The bell rings. It ends the school day. You
say, “________” to your teacher.
A. cheek B. chest
A. Good night, Sir.
C. shoulder D. forehead
B. Have a nice day, Ma’am.
Jawaban: D
C. Glad to see you here.
Tanda panah menunjuk ke dahi orang
D. Goodbye, Ma’am.
dalam gambar. Dalam bahasa Inggris,
Jawaban: D
dahi adalah forehead. Cheek artinya pipi,
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena
chest artinya dada, dan shoulder artinya
”Goodbye, Ma’am” dikatakan saat kita
bahu.
akan berpisah.
7. Riani : Husni, this is Nindya, my close
3. It’s 9 p.m. You want to go to bed. You say,
friend. Nindya, this is Husni,
“________” to your parents.
my classmate.
A. Good evening, Mom, Dad.
Nindya : Nice to meet you, Husni.
B. Good night, Mom, Dad.
Husni : ________.
C. Bye, Mom, Dad.
A. Nice to meet you, Nindya.
D. See you.
B. See you, Nindya.
Jawaban: B
C. How are you?
Pada malam hari ketika kamu akan pergi tidur,
D. I’m fine, thanks.
ungkapan yang tepat diucapkan kepada
Jawaban: A
orang tua adalah ”Good night, Mom, Dad.”.
Respons yang tepat atas ucapan
4. Nia : I think I have to go now. See perkenalan ”Nice to meet you” adalah
you. ”Nice to meet you” pula.
Amdan : ________
8. Agus : ________
A. See you. B. How are you?
Ketut : I live at Jalan Untung Suropati
C. Goodbye. D. Good night.
number 46 Bojonegoro.
Jawaban: A
A. Where is it?
Jika seseorang akan berpisah dengan kita
B. Where do you live?
dan dia mengatakan ”See you.”, . . .
C. Where is your school?
respons yang tepat adalah ”See you.”
D. Where does he live?
pula. How are you? untuk menanyakan
kabar. Goodbye dan Good night adalah
ungkapan berpisah.

80 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


Jawaban: B Jawaban: C
Respons Ketut adalah ”I live at . . . .” yang Jawaban ini sesuai dengan pernyataan
artinya ”Saya tinggal di . . . .”. Pertanyaan yang pada kalimat kedua, ”I was born twelve
tepat untuk respons ini adalah ”Where do you years ago in a small town in Yogyakarta.”
live?”. Pilihan jawaban (A) untuk menanyakan yang artinya ”Saya lahir 12 tahun yang lalu
letak benda, (C) untuk menanyakan alamat di kota kecil di Yogyakarta.”.
sekolah, dan (D) untuk menanyakan alamat
12. What is the text about?
seseorang (orang ketiga).
A. The description of the writer herself.
9. Emmy : ________ C. The writer’s dream to be a musician.
Wanda : I’m twelve years old. B. The description of Etik’s birthday.
A. How old is she? D. The writer’s birthday.
B. How do you do? Jawaban: A
C. How old are you? Bacaan ini mendeskripsikan tentang diri
D. How are you? penulis sendiri.
Jawaban: C
13. The man’s hair is ________.
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”I’m
twelve years old.” yang artinya ”Saya
berumur 12 tahun.”. Dari kalimat ini
diketahui bahwa yang ditanyakan adalah
umur lawan bicara (How old are you?).
10. My father’s sister is my ________.
A. uncle B. aunt
C. mother D. niece Picture source:
http://www.joy2day.com
Jawaban: B (December 23, 2008)
Saudara perempuan ayah disebut bibi
(aunt). Uncle artinya paman, mother A. long
artinya ibu, dan niece artinya keponakan B. curly
perempuan. C. wavy
D. straight
Read the text and answer questions 11 and 12. Jawaban: B
Orang dalam gambar itu berambut keriting
August the sixth is my birthday. I was
(curly). Long artinya panjang, wavy artinya
born twelve years ago in a small town in
bergelombang, dan straight artinya lurus.
Yogyakarta. My parents are Javanese and
they are forty years old. They gave me the
14. Good morning, friends. ________ My
name “Etik”. My full name is Etik
name’s Riana Agustina. Call me Ririn.
Sulistyowati. Usually my friends call me Etik.
I have a slim body and short wavy hair.
The correct expression to complete the
When I was ten years old, my father bought
introduction is ________
me a small guitar. Since then I have really
A. Nice to meet you.
loved music. I can play many kinds of
B. How do you do?
songs, especially those for the young. I want
C. Who are you?
to be a great musician in the future. That’s
D. Let me introduce myself.
all the story of my life.
Jawaban: D
Source: Ujian Nasional 2005/2006 Dari kalimat selanjutnya yang artinya
11. How old is the writer? ”Nama saya Riana Agustina.”, dapat
A. 6 years old. disimpulkan bahwa teks tersebut tentang
B. 10 years old. memperkenalkan diri sendiri. Oleh karena
C. 12 years old. itu, kalimat yang tepat mengawali
D. 40 years old.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 81


perkenalan adalah ”Let me introduce Jawaban: B
myself” yang artinya ”Izinkan saya Karena ’uncle’ adalah kata benda hidup
memperkenalkan diri.”. tunggal, kalimat tersebut tepat dilengkapi
15. Nanda : Look! ________ are my pens. dengan ’this’. Pilihan jawaban (A) walau
I bought them yesterday. mengacu pada kata benda tunggal,
Nani : Wow! So pretty! merupakan kata ganti untuk benda, bukan
A. It manusia. Pilihan jawaban (C) dan (D)
B. Its merupakan kata ganti untuk benda jamak.
C. This 18. A. small
D. These B. flat
Jawaban: D C. long
Kata ’pens’ (pena-pena) adalah benda D. prominent
jamak (plural noun), sehingga kata yang Jawaban: D
tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat adalah Orang dalam gambar memiliki hidung
kata ’These’. mancung (a prominent nose).
16. Anton is tall, but Rina is ________.
A. beautiful 19. Ronald, after you have dinner, please give
the letter on the table to Aunt Diana.
B. clever
C. short Thanks.
D. fat Mother
Jawaban: C
Kata ’but’ yang artinya ’tetapi’ What should Ronald do?
menunjukkan bahwa dalam kalimat A. Have dinner.
tersebut ada dua hal yang berlawanan. B. Meet Aunt Diana.
Lawan kata dari ’tall’ (tinggi) adalah ’short’ C. Give the letter to Aunt Diana.
(pendek). D. Give the letter to his mother.
Jawaban: C
For questions 17 and 18, choose the correct Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat
words to complete the following text. ”. . . please give the letter on the table to
Aunt Diana” yang artinya ”. . . tolong
berikan surat ini kepada Bibi Diana.”.

20. have–a–happy–very–dear–birthday–mother
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
The correct arrangement is ________.
A. 1–3–6–5–7–2–4
B. 3–6–5–7–1–2–4
C. 5–3–6–1–2–4–3
D. 5–7–1–2–4–3–6
Jawaban: D
Hi, friend, (17) ________ is my uncle, Herman. Urutan kata yang tepat adalah ”Dear
He has black hair and a (18) ________ nose. Mother, have a very happy birthday” yang
artinya ”Ibu tersayang, selamat ulang
17. A. it tahun.”.
B. this
C. these
D. they

82 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


B. Complete the sentences based on the C. Write down the antonyms of the words.
family tree.
1. short >< ________
Mr. Hartawan + Mrs. Hartawan
2. tall >< ________
3. fat >< ________
4. flat nose >< ________
Ronald + Vina Henky Eddy + Shinta Setyawan
5. curly hair >< ________
Jawaban:
Lia
1. long 2. short 3. thin
Rico Carol 4. prominent 5. straight

1. Rico’s grandma is ________. D. Create a birthday card for your sister/


2. Vina’s husband is ________. brother.
3. Henky’s younger brother is ________.
4. Lia is Ronald’s ________. Contoh jawaban:
5. Carol is Ronald’s ________.
6. Eddy is Mrs Hartawan’s ________.
7. Rico is Mr. Hartawan’s ________.
8. Shinta is Henky’s ________.
9. Henky is Lia’s ________.
10. Rico is Lia’s ________.
Jawaban:
1. Mrs. Hartawan 2. Ronald
3. Setyawan 4. niece
5. daughter 6. son
7. grandson 8. sister-in-law
9. uncle 10. cousin

Source: http://www.okiedee.com/Card%20Images/
BirthdayCard-Kelly-2005-env~.jpg (December 18, 2008)

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 1:


● Sebelum berpindah ke Unit 2, guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi. Bagian ini bisa
dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.
● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.
● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.
● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.
● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru.
● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru.
● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 83


A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. The correct order of the sentences is
________.
1. Teacher : Good morning, students. A. 5–1–3–2–4 B. 5–2–3–1–4
Students : ________. C. 5–2–3–4–1 D. 5–3–2–1–4
A. Morning, teacher 8. Look at the picture.
B. Good morning, Sir The man has ________ eyes.
C. See you again
D. Nice to meet you
2. It is 7 p.m. You arrive at your friend’s house.
You greet his/her parents, “________.”
A. Good afternoon Picture source: http://daejang
B. Good evening geum.blogsome.com/images/
C. Good night 200510200koreastars.jpg
(December 22, 2008)
D. Have a good day
3. Donny : Hi, Ema. A. big B. small
Ema : Hi, Donny. ________ C. beautiful D. slanted
Donny : Very well, thanks. 9. Hello, I am Shinta Ayundari. I am twelve
A. Good morning. years old now. This is my cousin, Hendra.
B. Nice to see you. He is also twelve years old. We study in the
C. How are things? same school.
D. What is your name? Who is Hendra?
For questions 4 and 5, choose the correct A. He is Shinta’s brother.
words to complete the dialog. B. He is Shinta’s cousin.
C. He is Shinta’s nephew.
Arni : Morning. My name is Arni. (4) ________
D. He is Shinta’s classmate.
Tito : Morning. My name is Tito.
Arni : Are you in class VIIB? 10. Hi. I am Jeffry Candra. I live at jalan
Tito : (5) ________ I am in class VIIC. Majapahit 2 Surakarta. I am 12 years old
now. Susan is my ________. She is 14
4. A. How are you?
years old.
B. What is your name?
A. mother B. aunt
C. Where do you live?
C. elder sister D. younger sister
D. Are you a new student?
11 ________ Anton your classmate?
5. A. Yes, I am. B. In class VIIC.
A. Am B. Is
C. No, I am not. D. No, I do not.
C. Are D. Do
6. Rano : Andi, this is Bayu. Bayu, this is Andi.
12.
Andi : Nice to meet you, Bayu.
Bayu : ________
_______
A. Hello, Andi.
B. How are you?
C. See you tomorrow, Andi.
D. Nice to meet you too, Andi.
Oh, it is
7. 1. I was born in 1997. my drawing book.
2. My name is Idawati Sadikin.
3. You can call me Ida.
4. So, I am twelve years old now.
5. Let me introduce myself.

84 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


What does the boy say? 21.
A. What is this? B. What is that?
C. What are these? D. What are those?
13. ”My sister is quite tall, about 162 cm.”
The antonym of the underlined word is o
________.
A. high B. fat
C. short D. big
14.
This is his ________.
A. heel B. foot
C. leg D. toe
o Read the family tree and answer questions 22
 and 23.
Mr. Dani + Mrs. Dani
This is Via’s ________.
A. chin B. cheek
Irwan + Anna Bayu Kartika
C. face D. lip
Read the text and answer questions 15 to 17.
Hello, I am Ivan Setyawan. My friends call Sisca
me Ivan or Wawan. I live at jalan Simpang Lima
12. I am 13 years old now. About my appearance, 22. Sisca is Bayu’s ________.
I am tall and thin. A. cousin B. niece
I am in the first grade of SMPN IV. My house C. nephew D. daughter
is near my school. So, I always walk to school. 23. Anna is Kartika’s ________.
15. How old is Ivan? He is ________ years old. A. sister B. cousin
A. eleven B. twelve C. sister-in-law D. mother-in-law
C. thirteen D. fourteen Read the text and answer questions 24 and 25.
16. How does Ivan go to school? Hi, I’m Irwan. Let me tell you about my
A. By car. B. By bus. father. Well, his name is Mr. Andrew. He is
C. On foot. D. By bike. a doctor. He is 45 years old. He is tall and not so
17. How does Ivan look like? fat. He also wears glasses. He likes eating fried
A. He is tall and fat. rice very much.
B. He is tall and thin. 24. What does Irwan’s father do?
C. He is short and thin. A. He is tall.
D. He is short and fat. B. He wears glasses.
18. Everytime Jennifer smiles, you can see her C. He is a doctor.
white ________. D. He is a teacher.
A. nail B. hair 25. What is TRUE about Mr. Andrew?
C. eyes D. teeth A. He is fat.
19. Tia : ________ B. He is tall.
Mira : I live on Jalan Manokwari. C. He likes fried chicken.
A. Where is it? D. He is fourty years old.
B. Where do you live? 26. Tasya, mother is having a meeting until
C. Where is your school? about 9 p.m. If Aunt Cathy comes,
D. Where does he live? please buy her some food for dinner.
20. The children ________ Mr. Sanusi’s sons. Thanks.
A. is B. am
C. do D. are

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 85


What should Tasya do? B. Read the text and answer the questions.
A. Wait for her mother.
B. Buy Aunt Cathy some food for dinner. Hello, everyone! This is my friend Marimar.
C. Make her own dinner. She comes from Sulawesi. She was born in
D. Buy her mother food for dinner. Makassar on June 12, 1995. Her hobbies are
singing and swimming. She also likes planting
27. Grandma, this is Mirna. Sorry, I’ll be home flowers very much.
late because I will visit a friend in hospital. She lives at Jalan Sisingamangaraja 15A.
Thanks. She lives together with her parents and two
Who will visit a friend in hospital? sisters. They are Mr. and Mrs. Yudhatama,
A. Mirna will. Sherina and Marshanda.
B. Grandma will. Marimar studies in SMP 7. Her older sister
C. Mirna and Grandma will. is in the first year of senior high school, and
D. Mirna’s friends will. Marshanda is still in elementary school. They all
28. “This little girl look so cute and chubby.” love one another.
What is the synonym of the underlined Questions:
word?” 1. How old is Marimar?
A. Fat. B. Slim. 2. Where does she come from?
C. Short. D. Thin. 3. What is her address?
4. How many people are there in Marimar's
Read the card and answer questions 29 and 30. family? Who are they?
5. What does Marimar do in her spare time?

Source: http://www.okiedee.com/Card%20Images/
BirthdayCard%20for%20Rachel-2005-Inside.jpg
(December 18, 2008)

29. Who may send the card?


A. Parents.
B. Friends.
C. Grandparents.
D. Brothers and sisters.
30. How old is Rachel?
She is ________ years old.
A. one B. two
C. three D. four

86 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


Jawaban Review Unit 1 10. C. Dalam teks tertulis bahwa Jeffry
berusia 12 tahun, sedangkan Susan
A. Pilihan Ganda berusia 14 tahun. Dengan demikian,
Susan adalah kakak perempuannya
1. B. Respons yang tepat jika seorang guru
(elder sister).
(laki-laki) mengucapkan salam ”Good
11. B. Karena Anton merupakan orang ketiga
morning, students.” adalah ”Good
tunggal, be yang tepat melengkapi
morning, Sir”. Salam ”Morning, teacher.”
kalimat tanya tersebut adalah ’is’.
tidak sopan diucapkan kepada guru.
12. A. Karena buku yang dimaksud siswa
2. B. Pada pukul 7 petang, salam yang tepat
hanya ada satu dan berada dekat
kita ucapkan ketika datang bertamu
darinya, kata penunjuk yang tepat
adalah ”Good evening.” yang artinya
digunakan adalah ’this’.
”Selamat petang.”.
13. C. Lawan kata ’tall’ yang artinya ’tinggi’
3. C. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat
adalah short yang artinya pendek.
Donny, ”Very well, thanks.” yang artinya
14. A. Gambar tersebut menunjuk pada
”Sangat baik, terima kasih.”.
bagian dagu (chin) anak tersebut.
Berdasarkan respons Donny tersebut
15. C. Dalam teks dikatakan ”I am 13 years
kalimat yang dikatakan Ema
old now.” yang artinya ”Saya berumur
sebelumnya adalah kalimat untuk
13 tahun sekarang.”. Eleven artinya 11,
menanyakan kabar (How are the
twelve artinya12, fourteen artinya 14.
things?).
16. C. Kalimat terakhir teks menyatakan
4. B. Karena jawaban Tito untuk pertanyaan
bahwa Ivan pergi ke sekolah dengan
Arni adalah ”My name is Tito”, dapat
berjalan kaki (on foot).
disimpulkan bahwa pertanyaan Arni
17. B. Dalam teks tersebut Ivan mengatakan,
adalah ”What is your name?” yang
”I am tall and thin” yang artinya ”Saya
artinya ”Siapakah namamu?”.
tinggi dan kurus.”.
5. C. Pertanyaan dengan ”Are you . . . ?”
18. D. Yang berwarna putih dan terlihat saat
tepat dijawab dengan ”Yes, I am” atau
tersenyum adalah gigi (teeth).
”No, I’m not.”. Karena Tito tidak duduk
19. B. Kalimat responsnya berupa alamat
di kelas VIIB, tetapi VIIC, jawabannya
seseorang. Hal ini berarti ungkapan
adalah ”No, I’m not.” yang artinya
sebelumnya adalah menanyakan
”Tidak.”.
tempat tinggal. Karena yang
6. D. Jika seseorang mengatakan ”Nice to
ditanyakan adalah alamat lawan
meet you”, hendaknya kita menjawab
bicara, subjek memakai pronoun ’you’
dengan ”Nice to meet you too” pula.
(Where do you live?).
7. B. Kalimat-kalimat tersebut adalah
20. D. Karena ’children’ berbentuk kata benda
ungkapan perkenalan, yang dimulai
jamak, be yang tepat digunakan
dengan ”Let me introduce myself” yang
adalah are.
artinya ”Izinkan saya memperkenalkan
21. A. Gambar tersebut menunjukkan tumit
diri” (5), dilanjutkan dengan nama
(heel) orang tersebut.
lengkap (2), nama panggilan (3),
22. B. Dari pohon keluarga tersebut terlihat
tanggal lahir (1), dan usia sesuai
bahwa Sisca adalah keponakan
dengan tanggal lahir (4).
perempuan (niece) Bayu. Cousin
8. D. Pria itu bermata sipit. Sipit dalam
artinya sepupu, nephew artinya
bahasa Inggris disebut slanted.
keponakan laki-laki, dan daughter
9. B. Dalam teks tersebut Shinta
artinya anak perempuan.
memperkenalkan Hendra dengan
23. C. Dari pohon keluarga terlihat bahwa
mengatakan, ”This is my cousin,
Anna adalah istri Irwan, saudara
Hendra.” yang artinya ”Ini adalah
Kartika. Jadi, Anna adalah saudara
saudara sepupu saya, Hendra.”.
ipar perempuan (sister-in-law) Kartika.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 87


24. C. Pertanyaan ”What does Irwan’s father 29. C. Dalam teks tersebut terdapat kalimat
do?” menanyakan pekerjaan ayah ” . . . to our sweet granddaughter
Irwan. Dalam teks tersebut Irwan Rachel . . . .” yang artinya ” . . . untuk
mengatakan bahwa ayahnya adalah cucu perempuan kami yang manis,
seorang dokter (He is a doctor). Rachel . . . .”. Dapat disimpulkan
25. B. Pernyataan ini benar karena sesuai bahwa pengirim surat adalah kakek
dengan kalimat, ”He is tall . . . .” yang nenek (grandparents).
artinya ”Beliau tinggi . . . .”. 30. B. Kalimat awal teks adalah ”Happy 2
26. B. Jawaban ini benar berdasarkan birthday . . . .”. yang artinya ”Selamat
kalimat ”If Aunt Cathy comes, please ulang tahun kedua . . . .". Jadi, Rachel
buy her some food for dinner.” yang berumur dua (two) tahun.
artinya ”Jika Bibi Cathy datang, tolong
belikan dia makan malam.”. B. Uraian
27. A. Teks tersebut menyebutkan, ” . . . this is
1. She is fourteen years old now (2009–1995).
Mirna . . . . I will visit a friend in hospital.”
2. She comes from Sulawesi.
yang artinya ” . . . ini Mirna . . . . saya
3. It is Jalan Sisingamangaraja 15A.
akan menjenguk teman di rumah sakit.”.
4. There are 5 people. They are father (Mr.
Jadi, yang akan menjenguk teman yang
Yudhatama), mother (Mrs. Yudhatama)
sakit adalah Mirna.
Marimar, Sherina and Marshanda.
28. A. Kata ’chubby’ artinya ’gemuk’. Kata ini
5. She likes singing, swimming, and planting
sama artinya dengan ’fat’.
flowers.

88 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana


Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will
be able to:
1. ask someone to do
something,
2. ask someone not to do
something,
3. create short functional
texts (spoken notices),
4. write short functional texts
(written notices), and
5. use articles, there is/there
are, cardinal numbers,
prepositions and question
word ‘how many’ correctly.

Suppose you have a pen friend from abroad. At one occasion, he/
she may do something risky. You know it is dangerous. So, you have to
remind him/her not to do it. What should you say? Well, in this unit you
will learn about asking someone to do or not to do something. Last but
not least, you know what to say to ask someone to do or not to do
something properly.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 89


2.1 Expressions

Asking Someone to Do Something

Read the dialog and understand the expressions.

Please give this


invitation to
Mrs. Herman.

Right away,
Mom.

The bold-typed sentence in the dialog above is the expression of asking someone to do
something. This kind of sentence is preceded by a verb base, such as open, come, go, sit,
clean, prepare, etc. Use “please” when you ask someone to do something. This means you ask
him/her politely. Then, say “Thanks” or “Thank you” when he/she has done your instructions.
Here are some other expressions of asking someone to do something and their responses.
Asking Someone to Do Something Responding
Open your book on page 1, please. Yes, Sir.
Read the sentence, please. O.K.
Please write down your name. Sure.
Please lend me your dictionary. Right away.
Take me to the sick bay, please. No problem.
Show me your member card, please. Here you are.

Asking Someone not to Do Something

Read the dialog and understand the expressions.


Hey, don’t sit
on the chair!

Why is that?

I saw
a caterpillar
there.

90 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
The bold-typed sentence in the dialog is the expression of asking someone not to do
something (a prohibition).
The sentence is preceded by the word don’t and followed by a verb base. Here are some
other expressions of asking someone not to do something and their responses.

Asking Someone not to Do Something Responding

Don’t talk, please. Yes, Ma’am.


Don’t litter, please. I don’t.
Don’t use the calculator, please. O.K.
Please don’t pick the flower. All right.
Please don’t sit there. Sure.
Please don’t close the window. No problem.

Grammar Section

Articles: a, an, the

Read the dialogs and understand the bold-typed words.


1. Ardi : Do you have any pets?
Leo : Yeah. I have a parrot, two rabbits and some hamsters.
Ardi : Which is your favorite one?
Leo : The parrot is.
2. Father : Get me an umbrella, dear.
Widya : The blue or the gray one, Dad?
Father : The blue one, please.
Widya : Right away.
Father : Thanks.
Widya : Anytime, Dad.
Look at the bold-typed words in dialog 1, a parrot and the parrot.
A and the are called articles. You use a to show something in general or unspecified object.
The word a is followed by a word that begins with a consonant sound, such as blackboard,
pen, book, friend, house, unique, etc. You use the to show a specific object.
In dialog 2, you use articles in the words an umbrella and the blue one. Like the article a, an
is also used to show one unspecified object. However, the word an is followed by a word that
begins with a vowel sound, such as apple, eraser, onion, hour, etc.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 91


There is/There are

Read the dialog and understand the bold-typed words.

Ulfa, please tell me


the things in your There are four books
bag. and a pencil case in
What else? my bag, Sir.

There is a dictionary.
O.K.

There is/There are in Indonesian means ada. There is is followed by singular nouns while
There are is followed by plural nouns. The words a pencil case and a dictionary are
singular nouns. Singular means only one. The word books is a plural noun. Plural means
more than one (two, three, four and so on). We usually add -s/-es at the end of the words to
make plural nouns. Please pay attention that plural nouns are not always ended with -s/-es.
Some of them are irregular, such as men, women, children, geese, deer and fish.
In negative sentences, remember to put the word not after the word is or are (There is not/
There are not or There isn’t/There aren’t). Put the word is or are in the beginning of
sentences when you make interrogative sentences (Is there . . .?/Are there . . .?).
Study the following patterns.
(+) There + is + singular noun
There + are + plural noun
(–) There + is not (isn’t) + singular noun
There + are not (aren’t) + plural noun
(?) Is + there + singular noun + adverb of place?
Is + there + plural noun + adverb of place?

Examples:
1. There are six windows in my classroom.
2. There isn’t an air conditioner in my classroom.
3. Are there blackboards in your classroom?

92 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
Cardinal Numbers

Read the dialog and understand the bold-typed word.

Do you want
some cakes?
Yes. I’ll take one.
Thank you.

The word one is a cardinal number.


Here are some cardinal numbers from 1 to 40.

1 2 3 4 5
one two three four five

6 7 8 9 10
six seven eight nine ten

11 12 13 14 15
eleven twelve thirteen fourteen fifteen

16 17 18 19 20
sixteen seventeen eighteen nineteen twenty

21 30 32 40
twenty one thirty thirty two forty

Prepositions: in, at, on, behind, near, beside, in front of, under, above

Read the text and understand the explanation.

This is my classroom. There are forty students in my classroom. I sit beside Bonny.
Septi and Yuli are in front of me. Indah and Yuni are behind me.
Look! Ms. Anita is at the front. She is our homeroom teacher. She is writing something
on the whiteboard. We are going to have a Geography class. There is already a map on the
wall.
My classroom is near a canteen. It is sometimes very noisy. However, we are happy to
study in it.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 93


The words in, beside, in front of, behind, at, on and near are prepositions. We use
prepositions to show where someone or something is located.
● In in Indonesian means di dalam.
● At means di (for example: at home, at the front).
● On means di atas or di (for example: on the table, on the wall).
● Behind means di belakang.
● Near means di dekat.
● Beside means di sebelah.
● In front of means di depan.
● Under means di bawah.
● Above means di atas (menggantung di atas sesuatu).
● Between means di antara (two things).

How Many

Read the dialog and understand the bold-typed words.

How many
ballpoints do you
have? Four.

Lend me one,
please.
Here you are.

We use How many to ask about numbers or the quantity of countable nouns.
To answer the questions with How many, we can use There is or There are.

Patterns: How many + nouns + be + . . . ?

We usually answer it with: There + be + number + noun(s)

Note:
o We use “There is” for singular nouns.
o We use “There are” for plural nouns.

Examples:
1. Tina : How many desks are there in our classroom?
Luki : There are thirty five desks.
2. Heny : How many blackboards are there in our classroom?
Rosa : There is only one.
3. Ervan : How many people are there in the car?
Ria : There are four people.

94 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
Remember Unit 1 and answer the questions below.
1. What expressions have you learned in Unit 1?
Contoh jawaban: The expressions of greetings and introducing ourselves and other people.
2. What do you say to greet your teacher in the morning?
Contoh jawaban: I say, “Good morning, Sir/Ma’am.”
3. What do you say when you leave your classmate?
Contoh jawaban: I say, “Goodbye” or “See you.”
4. What do you say to introduce yourself to a new friend?
Contoh jawaban: I say, “My name is Adrian. What is your name?”
5. What do you say to introduce your friend to your parents?
Contoh jawaban: I say, “Dad/Mom, this is Mita, my friend.”

A. Listen to your teacher.


Complete the dialogs while you are listening to him/her.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Dialog 1
Mr. Aji : You will have a new classmate. His name is Bayu. Bayu, please (1) come forward.
Bayu : Yes, Sir.
Mr. Aji : Please (2) introduce yourself.
Bayu : All right, Sir.
Mr. Aji : O.K., everyone. Please pay (3) attention to Bayu.
Students : O.K.
Dialog 2
Mrs. Wijaya : Listy, are you (4) busy now?
Listy : Not really, Mom. What’s up?
Mrs. Wijaya : (5) Buy me some cooking oil, please.
Listy : (6) Right away, Mom.
Mrs. Wijaya : Good girl.
Dialog 3
Danang : Hey, don’t (7) touch the fence!
Panji : Why?
Danang : The paint is (8) wet.
Panji : Oh, thanks.
Danang : Anytime.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 95


Dialog 4
Mrs. Rosa : Fajar, come here, please.
Fajar : Yes, Ma’am. What can I do for you?
Mrs. Rosa : (9) Bring me these workbooks to the teacher room, please.
Fajar : (10) Sure, Ma’am.
Mrs. Rosa : Thank you very much.
Fajar : You are welcome.

B. Find the meanings of the words or phrases below.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:


1. come forward = maju ke depan
2. pay attention = memperhatikan
3. busy = sibuk
4. cooking oil = minyak goreng
5. touch = menyentuh
6. fence = pagar
7. paint = cat
8. wet = basah
9. workbook = buku tugas
10. teacher room = ruang guru

C. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.

Dialog 1
1. Where do you think the dialog happens?
Jawaban: In a classroom.
2. What is Bayu going to do?
Jawaban: He is going to introduce himself.
3. What does Mr. Aji ask the students to do?
Jawaban: He asks the students to pay attention to Bayu.
Dialog 2
1. What is the relationship between the speakers?
Jawaban: Mother and her daughter.
2. What does Mrs. Wijaya ask Listy to do?
Jawaban: She asks Listy to buy her some cooking oil.
3. Does Listy do the instruction? How do you know?
Jawaban: Yes, she does. She says, “Right away, Mom.”
Dialog 3
1. What will Panji touch?
Jawaban: A fence.
2. Why does Danang forbid Panji to touch the fence?
Jawaban: Because the paint is wet.
Dialog 4
1. What do you think the relationship between the speakers is?
Jawaban: Teacher and student.
2. Where will Fajar bring the workbooks?
Jawaban: To the teacher room.

96 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
D. Listen to your teacher.
Complete the sentences below based on what you have heard.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
1. Put your book on your desk.
2. Please open your book.
3. Please copy the sentences.
4. Draw a line, please.
5. Submit your work, please.
6. Don’t stand at the door.
7. Don’t come late, please.
8. Don’t make a noise in the class.
9. Don’t make the wall dirty.
10. Don’t play in the class.

E. Find the meanings of the sentences in Task D in Indonesian.

Jawaban:
1. Letakkan bukumu di atas mejamu. 2. Bukalah bukumu.
3. Salinlah kalimat-kalimat ini. 4. Gambarlah sebuah garis.
5. Kumpulkan pekerjaan kalian. 6. Jangan berdiri di pintu.
7. Jangan datang terlambat. 8. Jangan ribut/berisik di kelas.
9. Jangan mengotori tembok. 10. Jangan bermain di dalam kelas.

F. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Listen to the dialog and answer questions 2. What will the girl do?
1 and 2. A. Buy a cup of coffee.
B. Make a cup of coffee.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: C. Order a cup of coffee.
Father : Rita, make me a cup of coffee, D. Look for coffee.
please. Jawaban: B
Rita : Right away, Dad. Dalam percakapan, pembicara pertama
Father : Thanks. (father) mengatakan, ”Rita, make me
a cup of coffee, please.” yang artinya
1. What is the relationship between the ”Rita, tolong buatkan secangkir kopi.”.
speakers? Kalimat tersebut dijawab dengan ”Right
A. Two friends. away, Dad.” yang artinya ”Segera,
B. Two teachers. Ayah.”. Itu menunjukkan bahwa gadis
C. Teacher and student. tersebut akan membuatkan secangkir
D. Father and his daughter. kopi.
Jawaban: D
Dalam percakapan, pembicara kedua
(Rita) menjawab dengan sebutan ”Dad”
yang artinya ”Ayah”. Jadi, hubungan antar
pembicara adalah ayah dan anak
perempuannya (father and his daughter).

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 97


Listen to the dialog and answer questions 4. Where will the boy go?
3 to 5. A. To his friend’s house.
B. To school.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: C. To the English course.
Tommy : Mom, I’ll go to the English D. To the zoo.
course now. Jawaban: C
Mother : O.K. Don’t forget to bring your Anak laki-laki tersebut mengatakan ”Mom,
raincoat, dear. I’ll go to the English course now.” yang
Tommy : I don’t, Mom. artinya ”Bu, saya akan pergi ke tempat
Mother : Good. Take care. kursus bahasa Inggris sekarang.”. Jadi,
Tommy : I will. Bye, Mom. anak tersebut akan pergi ke tempat
Mother : Bye, dear. kursus Bahasa Inggris, bukan ke (A)
rumah temannya, (B) sekolah, atau (D)
3. Where do you think the dialog takes kebun binatang.
place?
5. What does the boy bring with him?
A. At home. B. In a classroom.
A. An umbrella. B. A raincoat.
C. In a bookshop. D. In a restaurant.
C. A jacket. D. A hat.
Jawaban: A
Jawaban: B
Percakapan tersebut tentang seorang
Dalam percakapan ibu berkata, ”Don’t
anak laki-laki yang berpamitan kepada
forget to bring your raincoat, dear.”. Anak
ibunya, sebelum pergi ke tempat kursus
laki-laki tersebut menjawab, ”I don’t,
bahasa Inggris. Hal itu menunjukkan
Mom.”. Jadi, anak laki-laki tersebut
bahwa percakapan tersebut terjadi di
membawa raincoat (jas hujan).
rumah (at home).

A. Complete the dialogs with the correct words in the boxes.

Dialog 1
● take out ● open ● clean

Mr. Sanusi : Galih, (1) ________ the blackboard, please.


Galih : Yes, Sir.
Mr. Sanusi : Thank you.
Galih : You are welcome.
Mr. Sanusi : O.K. Now, students, please (2) ________ your math textbooks and (3) ________ page 10.
Students : Yes, Sir.
Dialog 2
● call ● feed ● ask ● wrong

Lia : Oh, gosh!


Uci : What’s (4) ________?
Lia : I forgot to (5) ________ my cat this morning. I was in a hurry.
Uci : Um . . . (6) ________ your brother and (7) ________ him to feed your cat.
Lia : Good idea. Thanks.
Uci : You are welcome.

98 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
Dialog 3
● look ● corner ● put

Rio : Excuse me, Ma’am. I’m Rio, Mr. Andi’s student. I want to (8) ________ these
workbooks on his desk. Can you tell me where his desk is?
Mrs. Linda : Sure. Um . . . (9) ________ over there! His desk is in the (10) ________ of this room.
Rio : O.K. Thanks for your help, Ma’am.
Mrs. Linda : You are welcome.
Jawaban:
1. clean 2. take out 3. open 4. wrong 5. feed
6. call 7. ask 8. put 9. look 10. corner

B. Find the meanings of the words below.


Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. prepare = mempersiapkan/menyiapkan
2. feed = memberi makan
3. call = menelepon
4. corner = pojok
5. desk = meja

C. Complete the sentences with the words in Task B.

1. ________ me when you need help.


2. There is a nice aquarium in the ________ of my living room.
3. Visitors are not allowed to ________ the animals in the zoo.
4. There is a set of computer on the ________.
5. Students ________ themselves for the mid-examination.
Jawaban:
1. Call 2. corner 3. feed 4. desk 5. prepare

D. State whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) based on the complete
dialogs in Task A.
Correct the false ones.

Dialog 1
1. ______ The dialog takes place in a library.
2. ______ Galih is going to clean the blackboard.
3. ______ Mr. Sanusi asks his students to close their books.
Dialog 2
4. ______ Uci has a cat.
5. ______ Uci asks Lia to call her brother.
6. ______ The two girls are friends.
7. ______ Lia will ask her mother to feed the cat.
Dialog 3
8. ______ The dialog takes place in a classroom.
9. ______ Rio is a student.
10. ______ Rio is going to meet Mr. Andi.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 99


Jawaban:
1. F. The dialog takes place in a classroom.
2. T
3. F. Mr. Sanusi asks his students to open their books.
4. F. Lia is the one who has a cat.
5. T
6. T
7. F. Lia will ask her brother to feed the cat.
8. F. The dialog takes place in a teacher room.
9. T
10. F. Rio is going to put the workbooks on Mr. Andi’s desk.

Variasi:
Complete the dialogs with the correct words in the box.

a. Get b. Turn it off c. Don’t sit


d. Let e. Listen

Dialog 1
Tiwi : Look out!
Wulan : What’s up?
Tiwi : (1) ________ on the chair. The paint is still wet.
Wulan : Oh, thanks.
Tiwi : Anytime.
Dialog 2
Mother : (2) ________! The tap is running.
Dina : You’re right, Mom.
Mother : (3) ________, please.
Dina : On my way.
Dialog 3
Mother : Who is the girl in the verandah?
Virna : She’s Mila, my classmate.
Mother : (4) ________ her in.
Virna : O.K., Mom.
Mother : (5) ________ her some drink and cookies.
Virna : Right away.
Jawaban:
1. c 2. e 3. b 4. d 5. a

E. Rearrange the sentences below into proper dialogs.

Percakapan-percakapan soal dan jawaban:


Dialog 1
3 Mother : Sure. Remember, lock the door. Don’t let any strangers come in.
2 Yudi : O.K. Buy me some snacks, please.
1 Mother : Yudi, I will go to the market. Please stay at home, O.K.?
4 Yudi : All right. Don’t worry, Mom.

100 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !


Dialog 2
3 Maya : O.K. Thanks for your information.
4 Librarian: My pleasure.
1 Maya : Excuse me, Miss. Can you tell me where the fiction section is?
2 Librarian : Um . . . . go along this aisle and turn right. You will find a notice saying “Fiction Section”.

Variasi:
Find the meanings of the words below.
Then, make sentences using the words.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:


1. stranger = orang asing
2. stay = tinggal
3. fiction = fiksi
4. aisle = lorong, gang, jalanan di antara dua tempat duduk
5. turn right = belok kanan
Contoh jawaban:
1. Don’t trust any strangers.
2. It is raining heavily. Please stay at home.
3. I like reading a fiction story.
4. There are three aisles in my library.
5. If you meet a junction, turn right and walk for about 100 meters.

F. Answer the questions based on the proper dialogs in Task E.

Dialog 1
1. Where do you think the dialog takes place?
Jawaban: It takes place at home.
2. Where will mother go?
Jawaban: To the market.
3. What does Yudi ask his mother to do?
Jawaban: To buy him some snacks.
4. What does mother ask Yudi not to do?
Jawaban: She asks Yudi not to let any strangers come in.

Dialog 2
1. Where does the dialog happen?
Jawaban: In a library.
2. Where is Maya going to go?
Jawaban: To the fiction section.
3. What will Maya find after she has walked along the aisle and turned right?
Jawaban: A notice saying “Fiction Section”.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 101


Variasi:
A. Rearrange the sentences into a proper dialog.
Percakapan soal dan jawaban:

5 Naura : Great!
2 Mita : I think so too.
1 Naura : Look at the sky! Cloudy, isn’t it? I think it is going to rain.
4 Mita : Don’t worry, I bring an umbrella.
3 Naura : Oh, no . . . it’s raining.

B. Answer the following questions based on the proper dialog in Task A.


1. How is the sky?
Jawaban: It is cloudy.
2. What happens then?
Jawaban: It’s raining.
3. Why does Mita ask Naura not to worry?
Jawaban: Because she brings an umbrella.

G. Read the instructions below.


Match them with the correct pictures.

a b c d e

f g h i j
1. Sweep the floor, please. 2. Clean the table, please.
3. Don’t litter, please. 4. Wash the dishes, please.
5. Read the book, please. 6. Don’t pick up the flower, please.
7. Mop the floor, please. 8. Water the plant, please.
9. Don’t walk on the grass, please. 10. Don’t touch the socket, please.
Jawaban:
1. e 2. j 3. a 4. h 5. i
6. b 7. g 8. f 9. c 10. d

102 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !


H. Ask and answer questions about the things below with your friends.
Use “How many” and “There is/There are”.
See the example.

Example:
Books in the bag.
You : How many books are there in your bag?
Your friend : There are six books.

1. Chairs in the classroom.


2. Windows in the classroom.
3. Students in the classroom.
4. Pencils in the pencil case.
5. Pictures on the wall.
Contoh jawaban:
1. You : How many chairs are there in our classroom?
Your friend : There are thirty eight chairs.
2. Your friend : How many windows are there in our classroom?
You : There are six windows.
3. You : How many students are there in our classroom?
Your friend : There are thirty six students.
4. Your friend : How many pencils are there in your pencil case?
You : There are two pencils in my pencil case.
5. You : How many pictures are there on the wall?
Your friend : There are three pictures.

Variasi:
Complete the sentences below with ‘is’ or ‘are’.

1. There ________ a volleyball court in my school.


2. Look! There ________ five cows in the field.
3. ________ there anyone in the toilet?
4. ________ there many animals in the zoo?
5. There ________ not five people in the living room. There are only four.
Jawaban:
1. is 2. are 3. Is 4. Are 5. are

I. Complete the sentences with ‘a’, ‘an’ or ‘the’.

Rina : Oh no, it’s raining.


Tria : Don’t worry. We can go home together. I bring ________ umbrella.
Rina : But I need to go to ________ bookstore. I want to buy ________ book about making craft.
Tria : What a coincidence! I want to go there too. I need some stationery.
Rina : That’s good! Let’s go together, then.
Tria : Sure. But, first we need to find ________ bus. Let’s go to ________ bus stop.
Rina : Let’s.
Jawaban:
1. an 2. a 3. a 4. a 5. the

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 103


Variasi:
Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, guru dapat memberikan latihan lain sebagai berikut.
1. Look! ________ green car over there is mine.
2. I have ________ brother and two sisters.
3. Mr. Arso is ________ good teacher. We like him.
4. There is ________ eagle in the cage.
5. There are two rulers on my desk. ________ longer one is not mine.

Jawaban:
1. The 2. a 3. a 4. an 5. The

J. Make sentences based on the pictures.


Use proper prepositions.
Number one has been done for you.

1 2 3

There is a ball under ___________________ ___________________


the table.

4 5 o 6
o

___________________ ___________________ ___________________

Jawaban:
2. There is a clock on the wall.
3. There are two cups on the table.
4. There is a bookshelf near the desk.
5. There is a dictionary between the bags.
6. There are some fish in the aquarium.

104 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !


K. Ask your friend sitting next to you to do the actions and give responses.
Do it in turns.

Example:
Get me a ruler, please.
o You may say, “Get me a ruler, please.”
Your friend responds, “O.K.”, then he/she gets a ruler for you.

1. Stand up, please.


2. Please sit down.
3. Raise your hand, please.
4. Get me an eraser, please.
5. Get me a dictionary, please.

Contoh jawaban:
1. You say, “Stand up, please.”
Your friend responds, “All right.”, then he/she stands up.
2. Your friend says, “Please sit down.”
You respond, “Thank you.”, and then he/she sits down.
3. You say, “Raise your hand, please.”
Your friend responds, “O.K.”, then he/she raises his/her hand.
4. Your friend says, “Get me an eraser, please.”
You respond, “Here it is.”, and he/she gets an eraser for you.
5. You say, “Get me a dictionary, please.”
Your friend responds, “O.K.”, then he/she gets a dictionary for you.

Variasi:
Do the instructions below.
1. Your teacher will ask one of the students to do three things.
2. The student (Student A) must do as instructed.
3. Student A will call another student (Student B) when he/she has finished doing the instructions
and then ask the Student B to do three other things.
4. Student B comes to the front of the class and does the instructions.
Contoh jawaban:
Guru meminta seorang siswa (Siswa A) untuk melakukan tiga hal. Tiga hal tersebut, misalnya:
1. Stand up.
2. Come forward.
3. Open the door.
Setelah Siswa A melakukan tiga hal tersebut, dia dapat meminta siswa lain (Siswa B) untuk
melakukan tiga hal yang lain. Lakukan secara bergantian.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 105


L. In pairs, make dialogs based on the situations below.
Practice the dialogs with your friend.

1. Your bedroom is dirty and messed up. Your mother asks you to clean and tidy it.
How would the conversation go?
2. One of your friends is not feeling well. Your teacher asks you to take him/her to the sick bay.
How would the conversation go?
Contoh jawaban:
1. Mother : Look, your bedroom is very dirty. Please, clean it.
Anita : Sure, Mom.
Mother : Sweep the floor, please. And don’t forget to tidy up your bed.
Anita : Right away, Mom.
2. Mrs. Hadi : Ayu, please take Lala to the sick bay. She is not feeling well.
Ayu : Yes, Ma’am.
Mrs. Hadi : Thank you, Ayu.
Ayu : No problem, Ma’am. Come on, Lala.
Lala : O.K. Thanks.

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan variasi soal sebagai berikut.
1. Your little sister is playing with a knife. You ask her not to play with it.
What would you say? How would your sister respond to it?
2. There are many red ants on a bench. You forbid your little sister to sit on it.
What would you say? How would your sister respond to it?
3. You are watching TV late at night. Your father asks you to turn off the TV and go to bed
because tomorrow is not a holiday.
How would the conversation happen?

Contoh jawaban:
1. Fitri : Don’t play with a knife!
Vera : Why?
Fitri : It may hurt you. It’s dangerous. Give the knife to me!
Vera : O.K. Here you are.
2. Iwan : Don’t sit on the bench, Ika!
Ika : Why is that?
Iwan : Look! There are many red ants on the bench.
Ika : I see. Thanks.
Iwan : Anytime.
3. Father : Hey, what are you doing late at night?
Rudi : I’m seeing a film, Dad.
Father : It’s already late. Tomorrow is not a holiday, right? Turn off the television.
Rudi : But, Dad, it’s a good film. I want to see it.
Father : No excuse. Turn it off and go to bed. I don’t want to find out you wake up late
tomorow morning.

106 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !


2.2 Short Functional Texts: Notices

Spoken Text

Listen to your teacher and understand the explanation.

Prepare a sheet of paper, please. Put your books away. We will have a test now.
Don’t cheat.

What you have just heard is a spoken notice. Its purpose is to inform people about
something or to tell people to do/not to do something.

Written Text

Read the following text and understand the explanation.

No smoking

The text above is a written notice. A notice is a board or a sign displaying information or
a warning. A notice is also called a caution. It is usually in the form of instructions or prohibitions.
To make notices, we usually use the patterns below.

Verb base + . . . .
Don’t + verb base + . . . .
No + noun
No + verb-ing

Examples:
1. 2.
Keep the room clean Don’t touch the cable

3. 4.
No entry No littering

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 107


Answer the questions below.

1. Have you ever read a notice?


Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have.
2. What does it say?
Contoh jawaban: It says “Staff only”.
3. Where do you find the notice?
Contoh jawaban: In my brother’s company.

A. Listen to your teacher.


Write down his/her sentences.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


1. Don’t pick the flowers.
2. Please keep your classroom clean.
3. Don’t leave the laboratory dirty.
4. Please park your bikes in the bicycle shed.
5. Welcome to this library. Please put your bags in the locker.

Variasi:
Find the meanings of the notices you have heard in Task A.
Jawaban:
1. Jangan memetik bunga.
2. Jagalah kebersihan kelas kalian.
3. Jangan meninggalkan laboratorium dalam keadaan kotor.
4. Mohon parkir sepeda kalian di tempat parkir sepeda.
5. Selamat datang di perpustakaan ini. Mohon taruh tas kalian di loker.

B. Listen to the sentences in Task A once again.


State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

Notice 1
1. ______ The notice means that we are allowed to pick the flowers.
2. ______ We can hear such a notice in a canteen.
Notice 2
3. ______ The notice means that we should keep the classroom clean.
4. ______ We are allowed to make the classroom dirty.
Notice 3
5. ______ We should make the laboratory dirty.
6. ______ We can hear the notice in a laboratory.

108 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !


Notice 4
7. ______ There is no bicycle shed in the place.
8. ______ The notice is for the ones who ride bicycles.
Notice 5
9. ______ The speaker asks visitors to put their bags in the locker.
10. ______ We can hear such a notice in a classroom.

Jawaban:
1. F. The notice means that we are not allowed to pick the flowers.
2. F. We can hear such a notice in a garden.
3. T
4. F. We are not allowed to make the classroom dirty.
5. F. We should make the laboratory clean.
6. T
7. F. There is a bicycle shed in the place.
8. T
9. T
10. F. We can hear such a notice in a library.

C. Listen to your teacher.


Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

artinya ”Murid-murid, bersiap-siaplah dan


1. Teks yang dibacakan guru:
kemudian pergilah ke gedung olahraga.”.
Please keep quiet. Don’t talk during the
Jadi, yang akan dilakukan para siswa
test.
adalah pergi ke gedung olahraga (go to
The speaker asks the listeners to the gym).
________.
A. keep quiet 3. Teks yang dibacakan guru:
B. keep talking Please turn off your mobile phones.
C. talk during the text
D. follow the test What should you do when you hear the
Jawaban: A notice?
Kalimat ”Please keep quiet. Don’t talk A. Sell our mobile phones.
during the test.” artinya ”Harap tenang. B. Turn our mobile phones off.
Dilarang berbicara selama ujian.”. Jadi, C. Buy a new mobile phone.
dalam notice tersebut, pembicara meminta D. Leave our mobile phones.
pendengar untuk tetap tenang (keep quiet). Jawaban: B
Kalimat ”Please turn off your mobile
2. Teks yang dibacakan guru: phones.” artinya ”Matikan telepon genggam
Students, please prepare yourselves kalian.”. Jadi, apabila kita mendengar notice
and then go to the gym. tersebut, kita seharusnya mematikan
telepon genggam kita (turn our mobile
What will the students do? phones off).
A. Clean the gym.
B. Go to the field. 4. Teks yang dibacakan guru:
C. Go to the gym. Students, please collect your paper on
D. Go to their classroom. my desk. Then, you can leave the room.
Jawaban: C
Kalimat ”Students, please prepare
yourselves and then go to the gym.”

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 109


What does the notice mean?
A. We should put the paper out. 5. Teks yang dibacakan guru:
B. We should leave the classroom. Turn off the computer before you leave
C. We should go out. the room.
D. We should submit the paper on the
speaker’s desk. We should turn off the computer before
Jawaban: D ________.
Kalimat ”Students, please collect your A. entering the room
paper on my desk. Then, you can leave B. cleaning the room
the room.” artinya ”Murid-murid, C. leaving the room
kumpulkan kertas kalian di meja saya. D. making the room dirty
Setelah itu, kalian boleh meninggalkan Jawaban: C
ruangan.”. Jadi, dalam notice tersebut, Kalimat ”Turn off the computer before
pembicara meminta pendengar leaving the room.” artinya ”Matikan
menyerahkan kertas mereka di meja komputer sebelum meninggalkan ruangan.”.
pembicara (submit the paper on the Jadi, dalam notice tersebut, pembicara
speaker’s desk). meminta pendengar supaya mematikan
komputer sebelum meninggalkan ruangan
(before leaving the room).

A. Read the following notices.


Answer the questions orally.

1. The notice below is on a door.

Push

According to the notice, what should we do to open the door?


Jawaban: We should push it.
2. The notice below is on the gate of an office.

No entry
What does the notice mean?
Jawaban: We mustn’t enter the place.
3. The notice below is in a library.

Put the books back to the shelf

What should we do with the books after we have read them?


Jawaban: We should put them back to the shelf.

110 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !


4. The notice below is in a sitting room.

Don’t leave the room dirty

What does the notice mean?


Jawaban: We mustn’t leave the room dirty./We must keep the room clean.
5. Your mother puts this notice in your room.

Keep your room tidy

What should you do?


Jawaban: I should keep my room tidy.

B. Make notices based on the situations below.


Read your notices aloud.

1. You see your friends talking aloud in the library.


2. You see your friends sleeping during the lesson.
3. You ask your friends to gather in the field.
4. You see your friend playing with his mobile phone during the lesson.
5. You ask your friend to come on time.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Keep silent, please.
Stop talking, please.
2. Don’t sleep in the classroom.
3. Gather in the field, please.
4. Please pay attention to our teacher.
Stop playing your mobile phone.
5. Please come on time.
Please don’t be late.

A. Rearrange the words below into proper notices.

1. trees–don’t–the–cut
2. clean–keep–classroom–the
3. wear–your–don’t–hat–room–in–the
4. the–the–dustbin–garbage–put–into
5. on–time–book–return–the
Jawaban:
1. Don’t cut the trees.
2. Keep the classroom clean.
3. Don’t wear your hat in the room.
4. Put the garbage into the dustbin.
5. Return the book on time.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 111


B. Find the meanings of the words below.
Look up your dictionary if needed.

Kata-kata soal dan jawaban:


1. garbage = sampah
2. dustbin = tempat sampah
3. wear = mengenakan, memakai
4. on time = tepat waktu
5. return = mengembalikan

C. What does each notice in Task A mean?

Jawaban:
1. We musn’t cut the trees.
2. We should keep the classroom clean.
3. We mustn’t wear a hat in the room.
4. We should put the garbage into the dustbin.
5. We have to return the book on time.

D. Match each notice below with the correct picture.

a b c d e

1. 2.
Don’t draw anything on the wall Put off your shoes before you
enter the room

3. 4.
Please keep silent in the library Park here

5.
Keep the cage clean

Jawaban:
1. e 2. c 3. a 4. b 5. d

112 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !


E. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Read the notice and answer questions 1 Read the notice and answer questions 4
and 2. and 5.

Keep silent Staff only


Exam is in progress
4. The notice above is on the door of a room
1. According to the notice, we should not in a shop. What does the notice mean?
________. A. All people can enter the place.
A. join the exam B. Only the staff of the shop are allowed
B. make noises to read the notice.
C. keep quiet C. Only the staff of the shop are allowed
D. watch the exam to enter.
Jawaban: B D. All staff are not allowed to enter.
Notice tersebut artinya ”Harap tenang. Jawaban: C
Sedang ada ujian.”. Jadi, hal yang tidak Notice tersebut bermakna bahwa hanya
boleh dilakukan adalah berisik (make karyawan toko saja yang diperbolehkan
noises). masuk ruangan tersebut (only the staff of
2. Where may you find the notice? the shop are allowed to enter).
A. At school. 5. The notice is for ________.
B. In a bus stop. A. the shop owner
C. In a library. B. the customers
D. On the street. C. the passengers
Jawaban: A D. the students
Notice tersebut dapat ditemui di sekolah Jawaban: B
(at school) karena berisi peringatan saat Karena notice tersebut diletakkan di
berlangsungnya ujian. sebuah pintu di dalam toko, notice tersebut
ditujukan kepada pelanggan toko tersebut
3. (the customers), bukan (A) pemilik toko,
Keep your (C) para penumpang, dan (D) para siswa.
surroundings clean
Read the notice and answer questions
6 and 7.
What does the notice mean?
A. We should not keep our surroundings
tidy. Wet paint
B. We should not clean our surroundings.
C. We should clean the notice. 6. When you see the notice on the door, it
D. We should not litter. means ________.
Jawaban: D A. we should not touch the door
Kalimat ”Keep your surroundings clean.” B. we should make the paint wet
artinya ”Jagalah kebersihan lingkungan.”. C. we should not paint the door
Jadi, notice tersebut memiliki makna D. we should paint the door
bahwa kita tidak boleh membuang Jawaban: A
sampah sembarangan (we should not Notice tersebut artinya ”Cat basah”. Jika
litter). notice tersebut diletakkan di pintu, itu
artinya cat pintu tersebut masih basah dan
tentu saja kita tidak boleh menyentuhnya
(we should not touch the door).

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 113


7. The opposite meaning of the word ‘wet’ is 9. Where can we find the notice?
________. A. In a classroom.
A. small B. good B. In a garden.
C. dry D. thin C. In a library.
Jawaban: D D. At the bus stop.
Kata ’wet’ artinya ’basah’. Kata tersebut Jawaban: C
memiliki makna yang berlawanan dengan Jawaban disimpulkan dari kata kunci ”the
kata dry yang artinya kering. Small artinya library” yang artinya ”perpustakaan.”. Itu
kecil, good artinya baik/bagus, dan thin berarti notice tersebut berada di sebuah
artinya tipis. perpustakaan.
Read the notice and answer questions 10.
8 and 9. Principal is available

Show your member card You see the notice on the wall of your
before you enter the library principal’s room. What does the notice
mean?
8. The notice means that one should A. The principal is absent.
________ to enter the place. B. The principal is in his/her room.
A. sell a member card C. The principal is sick.
B. hide a member card D. The principal is not at school.
C. keep a member card Jawaban: B
D. bring a member card Notice tersebut artinya ”Kepala sekolah
Jawaban: D hadir.”. Itu artinya kepala sekolah berada
Notice tersebut artinya ”Tunjukkan kartu di ruangannya (The principal is in his/her
anggota kalian sebelum kalian masuk ke room).
perpustakaan.”. Itu berarti bahwa
seseorang harus membawa kartu anggota
(bring a member card) untuk bisa masuk ke
dalam perpustakaan.

A. Find some notices in your school.


Write them in your workbook and find their meanings.

Contoh jawaban:
1.
No late comers
Meaning: Everyone should not come late.

2.
Don’t make any noise
Meaning: Everyone should keep quiet.

114 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !


B. Make notices based on the situations below.

1. Many students throw garbage in the school yard. What would you write to warn them?
2. Your friends sometimes do not do the duty rooster. What would you write to warn them?
3. You are doing your homework. You don’t want to be disturbed. What notice would you put on
your door?
4. The librarian asks you to write a notice that visitors should leave the books on the table. What
would you write?
Contoh jawaban:
1. 2.
No littering Do the duty rooster

3. 4.
Don’t disturb Just leave the books
on the table

Find notices in your surroundings as much as you can.


Rewrite the notices on your workbook.

Read and memorize the words. fiction : fiksi


Use them whenever you speak English. garbage : sampah
gather : berkumpul
absent : tidak hadir litter : mengotori
aisle : lorong, gang, jalan di antara paint : cat
tempat duduk push : mendorong
available : hadir, ada section : bagian
bench : bangku sick bay : UKS
cloudy : mendung silent : tenang
corner : pojok stranger : orang asing
course : les/kursus surroundings : lingkungan
dustbin : tempat sampah towel : handuk
duty rooster : jadwal piket turn off : mematikan
fence : pagar water : menyirami

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 115


Jawaban: C
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
Karena bunga-bunga tampak kering, kata
answer.
yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal
adalah ’water’ yang artinya ’sirami’. Jadi,
1. Mother : This coffee is not sweet. ________
makna kalimat soal adalah ”Nisa, bunga-
me some sugar, please.
bunga kita terlihat kering. Tolong sirami
Tina : O.K., Mom.
bunga-bunga itu.”. Throw artinya tempatkan,
Mother : Thank you.
feed artinya beri makan, dan cut artinya
A. Cook
potong.
B. Watch
C. Look
4. Mother : Tommy, are you busy?
D. Get
Tommy : No, Mom. What’s up?
Jawaban: D
Mother : Cut the grass in our backyard,
Karena ibu berkata bahwa kopinya tidak
please.
manis, ibu menyuruh Tina mengambilkan
Tommy : ________, Mom.
gula. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi
Mother : Thank you.
kalimat tersebut adalah ’get’ yang artinya
A. Right away
’ambilkan’. Jadi, makna kalimat soal adalah
B. No way
”Kopi ini tidak manis. Tolong ambilkan gula.”.
C. Don’t go there
Cook artinya memasak, watch artinya
D. Don’t cut the grass
menonton, dan look artinya memandang.
Jawaban: A
Karena ibu Tommy mengucapkan terima
2. Mr. Rahmat : Andri, ________ your hat in
kasih, dapat dipastikan bahwa Tommy
classroom, please.
setuju untuk melakukan perintah ibunya
Andri : Yes, Sir.
(memotong rumput di kebun belakang).
A. don’t close
Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya segera
B. don’t wear
adalah respons yang tepat. Pilihan jawaban
C. don’t clean
(B) untuk menolak melakukan sesuatu,
D. don’t draw
sedangkan (C) dan (D) adalah ungkapan
Jawaban: B
larangan.
Karena objek dari hal tersebut adalah topi
(hat), frasa peringatan yang tepat untuk
5. Jaya : I’m not feeling well.
melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’don’t wear’.
Damar : Go to the ________, please.
Kata tersebut membentuk kalimat lengkap
Jaya : You are right. Thanks.
yang artinya ”Andri, tolong jangan memakai
A. canteen
topi di dalam kelas.”. Don’t close artinya
B. library
jangan menutup, don’t clean artinya jangan
C. sick bay
membersihkan, dan don’t draw artinya
D. teacher room
jangan menggambar.
Jawaban: C
Karena Jaya merasa tidak enak badan,
3. Father : Nisa, our flowers look dry.
Damar menyarankan dia untuk pergi ke UKS
_______ them, please.
(sick bay), bukan ke (A) kantin, (B)
Nisa : Sure, Dad.
perpustakaan, ataupun (D) ruang guru.
Father : Good.
A. Throw
B. Feed
C. Water
D. Cut

116 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !


6. Anwar : Accompany me to the bookstore, A. what
please. B. when
Vito : No problem. C. how much
What does Anwar express? D. how many
A. He asks someone not to do something. Jawaban: D
B. He asks someone to do something. Berdasarkan kalimat jawaban Heru, ”Two
C. He introduces someone to other students, Sir.” yang menyatakan jumlah,
people. dapat disimpulkan bahwa kalimat
D. He greets someone. sebelumnya menanyakan jumlah. Kata
Jawaban: B yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tanya
Ungkapan Anwar artinya ”Temani saya yang menanyakan jumlah adalah ’how
ke toko buku.”. Ungkapan tersebut adalah many’, karena diikuti kata benda yang dapat
ungkapan meminta seseorang melakukan dihitung. What (apa) menanyakan benda,
sesuatu (ask someone to do something). when (kapan) menanyakan waktu, dan how
much (berapa banyak) untuk jumlah benda
7. Mother : Panji, don’t disturb your brother, yang tidak dapat dihitung.
please.
Panji : Yes, Mom. 10. Mr. Ervan : Please put your books
What does Panji’s mother express? ________ my desk.
A. She asks someone not to do Students : Yes, Sir.
something. A. in
B. She asks someone to do something. B. at
C. She introduces someone to other C. on
people. D. near
D. She greets someone. Jawaban: C
Jawaban: A Preposisi yang tepat untuk melengkapi
Ungkapan ibu Panji artinya ”Panji, jangan kalimat soal adalah ’on’ yang artinya ’di
ganggu kakakmu.”. Ungkapan tersebut atas’. In artinya di dalam, at artinya di/pada,
adalah ungkapan meminta seseorang untuk dan near artinya di dekat.
tidak melakukan sesuatu (ask someone not
to do something). 11. Asti : Look! The plane is flying ________
the town.
8. You ask your friends not to play football in Heny : You are right.
the street. What would you say? A. on
A. Play football with me, please. B. above
B. Don’t play outside, please. C. between
C. Don’t ask your friends to play football. D. under
D. Don’t play football in the street. Jawaban: B
Jawaban: D Preposisi yang tepat untuk melengkapi
Ungkapan untuk melarang teman-teman kalimat soal adalah ’above’ yang artinya ’di
bermain bola di jalan adalah ”Don’t play atas’ (menggantung). On artinya di atas/di,
football in the street.” yang artinya ”Jangan between artinya di antara, dan under artinya
bermain bola di jalan.”. di bawah.

9. Mr. Susilo : Heru, ________ students are 12. Father : Your friend is standing ________
absent today? the door. Please meet her.
Heru : Two students, Sir. Diah : Sure, Dad.
Mr. Susilo : Who are they? A. at
Heru : Agus and Anto. B. on
C. under
D. above

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 117


Jawaban: A Read the notice and answer questions
Preposisi yang tepat untuk melengkapi 16 and 17.
kalimat soal adalah ’at’ yang artinya ’di’. On
artinya di atas/di, under artinya di bawah, Put your bags and jackets here
dan above artinya di atas (menggantung).
16. What does the notice mean?
13. Santi : How many teachers are there in A. We can’t bring bags and jackets there.
your school? B. We can’t put bags and jackets there.
Aulia : ________ 25 teachers. C. We can get bags and jackets there.
A. There isn’t D. We should choose the bags.
B. Are there Jawaban: A
C. There is Notice tersebut artinya ”Letakkan tas dan
D. There are jaket Anda di sini.”. Itu artinya kita tidak
Jawaban: D boleh membawa tas dan jaket di sana (We
Karena kata benda yang mengikuti can’t bring bags and jackets there.).
berbentuk jamak (plural), kata yang tepat
untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah 17. Where do you find the notice?
’There are’. There isn’t untuk kalimat negatif A. In the canteen.
(penyangkalan), Are there untuk kalimat B. In the library.
tanya, dan There is apabila kata bendanya C. In the teacher room.
tunggal. D. In the classroom.
Jawaban: B
14. Ms. Tina : ________ any students in the Peringatan seperti itu dapat ditemui di
library now? perpustakaan (library).
Retno : Yes, there are five students.
A. There aren’t Read the notice and answer questions 18 to
B. There are 20.
C. Are there
D. Is there No cycling on the footpath
Jawaban: C
Kalimat soal menggunakan pola kalimat 18. The notice tells that we can’t ________
tanya dengan kata benda jamak (any there.
students). Jadi, kata yang tepat untuk A. have a walk
melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’Are there’. B. go jogging
C. go picnic
15. Ms. Sinta : Is your mother ________ home D. go biking
now? Jawaban: D
Anang : Yes, she is. Notice tersebut artinya ”Tidak boleh
A. near bersepeda di jalan setapak.”. Jadi, yang
B. in tidak boleh dilakukan adalah bersepeda (go
C. at biking).
D. on
Jawaban: C 19. The word ‘footpath’ can be best replaced
Preposisi yang tepat untuk melengkapi with the word ________.
kalimat soal adalah ’at’ yang artinya ’di’. A. river bank B. road
C. grass D. pavement
Jawaban: B
Kata ’footpath’ mempunyai arti yang sama
dengan kata ’road’ yang artinya ’jalan’.

118 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !


20. Where can you find such a notice? Jawaban:
A. In a park. 1. an 2. How many
B. At school. 3. is 4. at
C. In a parking lot. 5. beside/next to
D. In a mall.
Jawaban: A
C. Read the texts, then answer the
Kata kunci dalam notice tersebut adalah
questions.
footpath. Footpath (jalan setapak) biasa
ditemui di taman. Jadi, peringatan seperti Read the notice and answer questions 1 and 2.
itu dapat ditemui di taman (in a park).
Keep off the grass
B. Complete the sentences with correct
words. 1. What does the notice mean?
Jawaban: We are not allowed to step on
1. Mother : Please buy me ________ the grass.
umbrella, please. 2. Where can you find such a notice?
Tika : Sure, Mom. Jawaban: In a garden.
2. Dian : ________ ducks are there in the
Read the notice and answer questions 3 and 4.
pond?
Ratna : There are seven.
Turn off your mobile phone during
3. There ________ only one canteen in my
the lesson
school.
4. My brother is not feeling well. He is staying 3. According to the notice, what should we
________ home now. do with our mobile phones?
5. Jawaban: We should turn them off.
4. When do you do that?
Jawaban: During the lesson.
5.
Waiting room

What does the notice tell you about?


Jawaban: The room is for waiting
someone or something.

The bookshelf is ________ the desk.

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 2:


● Sebelum berpindah ke Unit 3, guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi. Bagian ini bisa
dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.
● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.
● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.
● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.
● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru.
● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru.
● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 119


A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct For questions 6 to 8, choose the correct
answer. words to complete the dialog.

1. Ms. Rita : Udin, get me some chalks, Vita : (6) ________ pens do you have?
please. Tania : Two.
Udin : ________, Ma’am. Vita : (7) ________ me one, please.
Ms. Rita : Thank you. Tania : O.K. (8) ________ blue one or the
A. Good morning black one?
B. Hello Vita : The blue one, please.
C. I’m just fine Tania : Here you are.
D. Sure Vita : Thanks.
6. A. What
2. Ani : Lisa, ________ the ball to me. B. Where
Lisa : O.K. C. Who
A. throw D. How many
B. feed
C. water 7. A. Lend
D. cut B. Borrow
C. Buy
3. Ani : I’m thirsty. D. Sell
Nana : ________ this iced-tea, please.
Ani : Oh, thanks. 8. A. A
A. Eat B. An
B. Drink C. The
C. Buy D. Some
D. Make
This dialog is for questions 9 to 11.
For questions 4 and 5, choose the correct
words to complete the dialog. Mr. Sunu : Bonny, (9) ________ outside,
please. You must do your
Aldo :
Wow, (4) ________ new bike, right? homework. Moreover, it’s cloudy. It
Fahri :
It is. Do you want to try? will rain soon.
Aldo :
Yeah. Bonny : But, Dad, I want to play football.
Fahri :
Here you are. (5) ________ it Mr. Sunu : No. (10) ________ your homework
carefully, please. now.
Aldo : O.K. Thank you. Bonny : O.K., Dad.
9. A. don’t study
4. A. the
B. don’t do
B. an
C. don’t play
C. a
D. don’t come
D. some
10. A. Look
5. A. Draw
B. Study
B. Ride
C. Don’t
C. Put
D. Do
D. Wear

120 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !


11. What is the relationship between the 14. A. the
speakers? B. some
A. Father and his son. C. an
B. Teacher and student. D. a
C. Two students.
D. Two teachers. 15. A. The
B. Some
Read the dialog and answer questions C. An
12 and 13. D. A
Ms. Rista : Fahmi, Deo, move this table
over there, please. 16. A. Clean
Fahmi and Deo : Sure, Miss. B. Close
Ms. Rista : Deo, don’t push. Lift it, C. Buy
please. D. Come
Deo : O.K., Miss.
Ms. Rista : Good. Thank you. 17. Look! ________ many birds in the park.
They are beautiful.
12. Ms. Rista says, “Fahmi, Deo, move this table A. There is
over there, please.” B. Are there
What does she express? C. There are
A. She asks Fahmi and Deo to answer. D. Is there
B. She asks Fahmi and Deo to do
something. 18. Ms. Dian : ________ any students
C. She asks Fahmi and Deo not to do in the canteen?
something. Canteen lady : No, Ms. Dian.
D. She asks Fahmi and Deo to introduce A. There is
themselves. B. Are there
C. There are
13. Ms. Rista says, “Deo, don’t push.” D. Is there
What does she express?
A. She asks someone to go. 19. Citra : Tono, ________ triangular rulers
B. She asks someone to do something. do you have?
C. She asks someone not to do Tono : I have two.
something. Citra : Can I borrow one, please?
D. She asks someone to give information. Tono : Sure. Here you are.
A. how many
For questions 14 to 16, choose the correct B. what
words to complete the dialog. C. where
D. which
Dede : Do you have any pets?
Anto : Yes. I have (14) ________ cat, an 20. My school is very noisy because it is
iguana and some koi fish. ________ the main road.
Dede : You have many pets. Which is your A. between
favorite one? B. near
Anto : (15) ________ iguana. C. above
Dede : Can I see it? D. under
Anto : Sure. (16) ________ to my house.
Dede : Great!

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 121


21. Mother : Silvi, please get me the 27. Where can you find such a notice?
vegetables ________ the fridge. A. In a zoo.
Silvi : Right away, Mom. B. In a movie.
A. between C. In a market.
B. near D. At school.
C. at
D. in 28.
No cheating in the exam
22. Mr. Himawan is my neighbor. His house is
________ my house. The notice tells that the students should
A. at B. on not ________ during the exam.
C. next to D. between A. come
B. study
23. Don’t sit ________ the chair. Its leg is C. answer
broken. D. open the books
A. on
B. in Read the notice and answer questions
C. at 29 and 30.
D. above
Please pay attention to your teacher
Read the notice and answer questions
24 and 25. 29. Below are the things that we can do,
except ________.
Don’t shoot the birds in the park A. study diligently
B. listen to our teacher
24. The notice is written to ________ the C. talk with our friends
birds. D. keep silent
A. sell
B. protect 30. Where can we find the notice?
C. send A. In the teacher room.
D. fly B. In the library.
C. In the canteen.
25. Where can you find the notice? D. In the classroom.
A. At school.
B. In a park. B. Complete the sentences with there is,
C. In a public place. there are, there isn’t, there aren’t, is
D. In an office. there or are there.

Read the notice and answer questions 26 1. ________ a pond in the park.
and 27. 2. ________ bicycles in the garden. There
are pedestrians only.
3. ________ students in the hall?
Don’t feed the animals 4. Look! ________ crabs on the beach.
5. Watch out! ________ a caterpillar on your
26. According to the notice, what shouldn’t we back.
do there?
A. Sell the animals.
B. Buy the animals.
C. Give food to the animals.
D. Clean the cage.

122 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !


C. Complete the sentences below with D. Read the texts and then answer the
correct prepositions. questions.

1. 1.
Thank you for not smoking

What is the notice about?

Read the notice and answer questions 2 and 3.

Return the books on time

2. What does the notice ask?


3. Where can you find the notice?
4.
There is a tree ________ the house. No parking
2.
The notice is in the school field. What can’t
we do there?

5.
Always close the door

We should keep _______ closed.

There is a cat ________ the table.


3. We are studying ________ our classroom.
4. Father goes to work. He is _______ his
office now.
5. Lidya sits ________ Sekar. They are good
friends.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 123


Jawaban Review Unit 2 8. C. Karena benda yang dimaksud sudah
tertentu, yaitu pensil biru, article yang
A. Pilihan Ganda digunakan adalah the.
1. D. Dalam percakapan tersebut Ms. Rita 9. C. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi
menyuruh Udin mengambilkan kalimat tersebut adalah ’don’t play’
beberapa kapur. Jadi, respons yang yang artinya ’jangan bermain’. Hal ini
tepat adalah ”Sure, Ma’am.” yang disimpulkan dari kalimat sesudahnya,
artinya ”Ya, Bu.”. yang berarti Pak Sunu menyuruh
2. A. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi Bonny untuk mengerjakan PR-nya.
kalimat soal adalah ’throw’ yang 10. D. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi
artinya ’lemparkan’ karena objek kalimat tersebut adalah ’Do’ yang
yang dibicarakan adalah bola (the artinya ’Kerjakan’ sehingga
ball). Feed artinya memberi makan, membentuk kalimat yang artinya
water artinya menyirami, dan cut “Kerjakan PR-mu.”. Look artinya
artinya memotong. melihat, study artinya belajar, dan
3. B. Dalam percakapan tersebut Ani don’t artinya jangan.
berkata bahwa dia haus. Kemudian, 11. A. Anak laki-laki dalam percakapan
Nana menawarkan es teh. Kata yang tersebut memanggil lawan bicaranya
tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal dengan sebutan ’Dad’ yang artinya
adalah ’drink’ yang artinya ’minum’. ’Ayah’. Jadi, hubungan mereka
Eat artinya makan, buy artinya adalah ayah dan anak (father and his
membeli, dan make artinya membuat. son).
4. C. Karena benda yang dibicarakan 12. B. Kalimat ”Fahmi, Deo, move this table
adalah benda tunggal yang belum over there, please.”. artinya ”Fahmi,
spesifik, article yang digunakan Deo, pindahkan meja ini ke sana.”.
adalah ’a’. Jadi, arti kalimat soal Ungkapan tersebut merupakan
adalah ”Wah, sebuah sepeda baru, ungkapan menyuruh seseorang
ya?”. melakukan sesuatu (ask
5. B. Karena benda yang dimaksud adalah someone to do something), yaitu
sepeda, kata kerja yang tepat adalah memindahkan meja.
’ride’ yang artinya ’kendarai/naiki’. 13. C. Kalimat ”Deo, don’t push.” artinya
Draw artinya menggambar, put ”Deo, jangan didorong.”. Ungkapan
artinya menaruh, dan wear artinya tersebut merupakan ungkapan
memakai. menyuruh seseorang untuk tidak
6. D. Kalimat soal menanyakan jumlah melakukan sesuatu (ask someone not
benda yang dapat dihitung. Hal itu to do something).
diketahui berdasarkan kalimat 14. D. Karena kata benda yang mengikuti
jawaban Tania yang menunjukkan adalah kata benda tunggal yang
jumlah benda (pena). Jadi, kata tanya belum spesifik, article yang tepat
yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah
Vita tersebut adalah ’how many’. ’a’.
What artinya apa, where artinya di 15. A. Dalam percakapan tersebut Dede
mana, dan who artinya siapa. bertanya tentang binatang
7. A. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kesayangan Anto. Anto menjawab
kalimat soal adalah ’Lend’ yang bahwa binatang kesayangannya
artinya ’pinjami.”. Borrow artinya adalah iguana. Karena iguana dalam
pinjamkan, buy artinya belikan, dan percakapan tersebut adalah benda
sell artinya jualkan. yang sudah spesifik karena sudah

124 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !


disebutkan di kalimat sebelumnya, 22. C. Berdasarkan frasa ’my neighbor’
article yang tepat untuk melengkapi yang artinya tetangga, preposisi yang
kalimat soal adalah ’the’. tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal
16. D. Saat Dede bertanya apakah dia adalah ’next’ yang artinya ’di
dapat melihat iguana milik Anto, Anto samping/sebelah’.
mengiyakan. Kalimat logis yang 23. A. Preposisi yang tepat untuk
mengikutinya adalah menyuruh Dede melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’on’
datang ke rumahnya. Jadi, kata kerja yang artinya ’di atas’.
yang tepat untuk membentuk kalimat 24. B. Notice tersebut artinya ”Jangan
perintah tersebut adalah ’come’ yang menembak burung di taman.”. Tujuan
artinya ’datanglah’. Clean artinya dari notice tersebut adalah untuk
bersihkan, close artinya tutuplah, dan melindungi burung-burung (protect
buy artinya belilah. the birds). Sell artinya menjual, send
17. C. Kalimat soal adalah kalimat artinya mengirim, dan fly artinya
affirmative dengan kata benda plural terbang.
(many birds). Jadi, kata yang tepat 25. B. Objek yang dibicarakan dalam notice
untuk melengkapi kalimat soal tersebut adalah ”the birds in the park”
tersebut adalah ’There are’. (burung-burung di taman). Jadi, dapat
18. B. Kalimat soal adalah kalimat disimpulkan bahwa notice tersebut
interrogative dengan kata benda dapat ditemukan di taman (in a park).
plural (any students). Jadi, kata yang 26. C. Kalimat ”Don’t feed the animals.”
tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal artinya ”Jangan memberi makan
adalah ’Are there’. binatang.”. Jadi, berdasarkan notice
19. A. Tono merespons kalimat Citra tersebut, tindakan yang tidak boleh
dengan menyebutkan jumlah benda dilakukan adalah memberi makan
yang dapat dihitung (triangular binatang (give food to the animals).
rulers). Dapat dipastikan Tono 27. A. Notice seperti itu dapat dijumpai di
menanyakan jumlah benda. Jadi, kebun binatang (zoo) karena objek
kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi dari notice tersebut adalah binatang
kalimat tanya yang menanyakan (animals).
jumlah benda dapat dihitung adalah 28. D. Notice tersebut artinya ”Dilarang
’how many’. mencontek saat ujian.”. Maksud dari
20. B. Karena sekolah sangat ramai, dapat notice tersebut adalah siswa dilarang
dipastikan bahwa sekolah tersebut membuka buku/catatan saat ujian.
dekat dengan jalan utama. Jadi, 29. C. Berdasarkan notice yang artinya
preposisi yang tepat untuk ”Harap perhatikan gurumu.” dapat
melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’near’ diketahui bahwa hal yang tidak boleh
yang artinya ’dekat’. Between artinya dilakukan adalah mengobrol dengan
di antara (dua hal/benda), above teman (talk with our friends). Pilihan
artinya di atas sesuatu, dan under jawaban (A) artinya belajar dengan
artinya di bawah. rajin, (B) artinya menyimak guru, dan
21. D. Pada umumnya, sayur disimpan di (D) artinya tetap tenang.
dalam kulkas. Jadi, preposisi yang 30. D. Notice tersebut tepat jika dipasang di
tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat ruang kelas (in the classroom) karena
tersebut adalah ’in’ yang artinya ’di notice tersebut menyuruh pembaca
dalam’. memperhatikan guru (pay attention to
the teacher.)

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 125


B. Isian D. Uraian
1. There is 1. It’s about a smoking prohibition.
2. There aren’t 2. It asks us to return the books on time.
3. Are there 3. In a library.
4. There are 4. We can’t park our vehicles there.
5. There is 5. the door

C. Isian
1. in front of
2. under
3. in
4. at
5. beside/next to

126 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !


Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will
be able to:
1. express gratitude (thanking),
2. say sorry (apologizing),
3. create short functional
texts (spoken messages),
4. write short functional texts
(gratitude cards), and
5. use verbs (have and has),
subject and object
pronouns, ordinal numbers,
days, months and years.

You know, western people say sorry very often. They will directly
ask for an apology when they do something wrong. They may say,
“Sorry.” We shall respond when someone say sorry. We may say,
“That’s O.K./all right” or “Not at all.”
Western people also express their gratitude as often as saying
sorry. They say, “Thanks”, “Thank you” or “Thank you very much”
to express their gratitude. We may say, “You’re welcome”,
“My pleasure”, or “any time” to respond to it.
In this unit you will learn a lot of things about it.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 127


3.1 Expressions

Expressing Gratitude

Read the dialogs and study the explanation.

1 2
Let me help Thank you,
you, Mom. Hani.

Thanks.

You’re
welcome.

You should say “Thanks” or “Thank you” when other people do good to you. You should also
respond to it by saying “You’re welcome”, “Not at all”, or “No problem” when other people
express their gratitude.
Here are some expressions you can use to express your gratitude and the responses.

Expressing Gratitude Responding


● Thanks./Thank you. ● You are (you’re) welcome.
● Many thanks./Thanks a lot. ● My pleasure.
● That’s very kind of you. Thanks/Thank you. ● Don’t mention it.
● Thank you very much for your help/kindness. ● Not at all.
● Thank you for coming. ● That’s O.K. (all right).
● I’m really grateful to you for your . . . . ● Anytime.
● Oh very nice of you. Thank you. ● Delighted I was able to help.

128 UNIT 3 Thank You


Apologizing

Read the dialogs and study the explanation.

Sorry for
1 Do you have 2 coming late.
a small change,
Madam?
That’s all right.

No, I’m not.


Sorry.

Those two dialogs are examples of apologizing and the responses. You’d better say ‘sorry’
when you do a bad thing to other people. For example, you bump a person, you step on
someone’s foot, you break someone’s bike, etc. You must also say ‘sorry’ when
unintentionally you hurt someone’s feeling.
Note:
In western life, people always say ‘sorry’ when they do or say bad things. You have to do it
seriously. Don’t smile or even laugh when asking for apology. Some say “Manners make
the man” which means you have to behave yourselves. People will respect and be good
to you if you do so.
Source: http://www.bbc.co.uk (January 11, 2008)

Here are some expressions you can use to say sorry and the responses.
Apologizing Responding
● I’m (very) sorry. ● That’s (quite) all right.
● Pardon me. ● That’s O.K.
● Oops! Sorry. ● (Let’s) Forget it.
● I do apologize for . . . . ● Never mind.
● Please accept my apologies. ● Please don’t feel bad about it.
● Please forgive me. ● Please don’t be.
● Please forgive me for . . . . ● There’s no reason to apologize for . . . .

Grammar Section

Verb: Have/Has
Read the dialogs and understand the bold-typed words.
1. Deni : May I use this ruler, please?
Gunawan : Sure. Don’t worry, I have two rulers.
Deni : Thanks.
Gunawan : No big deal.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 129


2. Hermin : Let’s go to Dita’s house this afternoon.
Ita : What’s up?
Hermin : She has a new video game. She lets us to use it.
Ita : O.K.
3. Erika : Do you have an electronic dictionary?
Jamal : No, I don’t have it.
4. Luluk : Does Fadli’s father have a car?
Punto : Yes, he has a car. Why do you ask?
Luluk : I saw him driving a car yesterday afternoon.
The words have and has in those sentences are verbs. You use have for the subjects I, you,
we, they and plural subjects. You use has for the subjects he, she, it and singular subjects.
How do you use have/has in negative and interrogative sentences?
Study the patterns below.
Subejct Has/Have Complement
He/she has a new bike.
Affirmative
It (komodo) has a thick body.
(+)
I/you/we/they have many friends.

Subejct Do/Does not Have Complement


He/she does not have an old bike.
Negative
It (komodo) does not have a long neck.
(–)
I/you/we/they do not have any enemies.

Do/Does Subejct Have Complement Response


Does he/she have a new bike? Yes, he/she does.
Interrogative
Does it (komodo) have a long neck? No, it doesn’t.
(?)
Do I/you/we/they have many friends? Yes, I/you/we/they do.

Here are some other examples.


Affirmative:
● Arif has new shoes.
● Arif and his brother have new shoes.
Negative:
● Arif does not (doesn’t) have old shoes.
● Arif and his brother do not (don’t) have old shoes.
Interrogative:
● Does Arif have new shoes? Yes, he does.
● Do Arif and his brother have old shoes? No, they don’t.

Pronouns as a Subject and as an Object


Study the explanation and read the sentences.
Learning and understanding pronouns are very important. You always need a pronoun as
a subject or as an object when you make a sentence. Your sentence will be easily understood
when you use a clear pronoun.

130 UNIT 3 Thank You


Here are those pronouns and how you use them in sentences.
Pronoun Pronoun
as Sentence as Sentence
a Subject an Object
I I’m a student. me Mother calls me.
you You’re my classmate. you I saw you in the market yesterday.
he He’s a principal. him Help him mop the floor.
she She’s a teacher. her We respect her very much.
they They are my friends. them Mr. Seta lets them do the exercise
at home.
we We are students of SMP. us Mimin invites us to her house tonight.
it It’s my school. it Father used it a few minutes ago.

Ordinal Numbers: First, Second, Third, . . .


Look at the picture and read the sentences.
Pay attention to the bold-typed words.
1. Maya sits in the first row.
2. Tania sits in the second row.
3. Heri sits in the third row.
The bold-typed words above are ordinal
numbers. Ordinal numbers show the order of
things. Read and remember the numbers
below.

Cardinal Ordinal Cardinal Ordinal


Number Number Number Number
one (1) first (1st) seventeen (17) seventeenth (17th)
two (2) second (2nd) eighteen (18) eighteenth (18th)
three (3) third (3rd) nineteen (19) nineteenth (19th)
four (4) fourth (4th) twenty (20) twentieth (20th)
five (5) fifth (5th) twenty-one (21) twenty first (21st)
six (6) sixth (6th) twenty-two (22) twenty second (22nd)
seven (7) seventh (7th) twenty-three (23) twenty third (23rd)
eight (8) eighth (8th) twenty-four (24) twenty fourth (24th)
nine (9) ninth (9th) thirty (30) thirtieth (30th)
ten (10) tenth (10th) thirty-three (33) thirty third (33rd)
eleven (11) eleventh (11th) forty (40) fortieth (40th)
twelve (12) twelfth (12th) sixty-two (62) sixty second (62nd)
thirteen (13) thirteenth (13th) sixty-seven (67) sixty seventh (67th)
fourteen (14) fourteenth (14th) seventy (70) seventieth (70th)
fifteen (15) fifteenth (15th) ninenty-one (91) ninety first (91st)
sixteen (16) sixteenth (16th) one hundred (100) one hundredth (100th)

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 131


Study the example below.
Victor : Please tell me about your school.
Arnadi : There are five blocks at my school. The first block includes the teachers’ office, the
laboratories, the library and the school hall. The second block is the classrooms for
the seventh grade students. The third block is the classrooms for the eighth grade
students. The fourth block is the classrooms for the ninth grade students. And the
fifth block is the canteen, the bicycle shed and some toilets.
Victor : I see.

Days, Months and Years


Let’s study days, months and years.
Read the words below with proper pronunciation.
Days : Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday
Months : January, February, March, April, May, June, July, August, September, October,
November, December
Years : 1996 (nineteen ninety-six)
1999 (nineteen ninety-nine)
2000 (two thousand)
2004 (two thousand and four)
2008 (two thousand and eight)
2009 (two thousand and nine)
Study the example below.
Yusniar : What day is it today?
Susi : Don’t you remember? Today is Wednesday, July twenty-second.
Yusniar : O gosh!
Susi : What’s up?
Yusniar : I almost forget. Tomorrow is Thursday, July twenty third. And you know, it’s
Ms. Astini’s birthday!
Susi : Is it? Let’s get something for her birthday present.

Look at the picture and answer the questions.

Questions:
1. What does the woman give to the man?
Jawaban: She gives some money.
2. What do you think the man says?
Jawaban: He says, “Thank you.”
3. What does the woman say to respond to it?
Jawaban: She says, “You’re welcome.”
4. Do you always express gratitude to other people? Why/why not?
Jawaban: Yes, I do. To show my appreciation to them.

132 UNIT 3 Thank You


A. Read and practice the dialogs.
1. Iwan is in the library now.
Iwan : Excuse me, Miss.
Librarian : Yes?
Iwan : Where can I find books about English grammar?
Librarian : English grammar? Let me see. Um . . . they’re on the shelf on the corner.
Iwan : Thank you, Miss.
Librarian : Anytime.
2. Mr. Heru is fixing his motorcycle. His son, Andika, is trying to help him.
Andika : What’s the matter, Dad?
Mr. Heru : I don’t know. It can’t run fast.
Andika : May I help you, Dad?
Mr. Heru : Sure. Take me that screwdriver.
Andika : The big or the small one?
Mr. Heru : The small one, please.
Andika : Here you are.
Mr. Heru : Thanks.
Andika : With pleasure.
3. Ari is trying to contact his friend, Dion. He wants to confirm the meeting tomorrow.
Someone : Good morning. What can I help you?
Ari : Hi, I am calling for Dion.
Someone : Who’s Dion? There’s no such name here.
Ari : Pardon me. Is this 767801?
Someone : Sorry. You’ve got the wrong number. This is 767810.
Ari : Oh, sorry to trouble you. Bye.
Someone : That’s O.K., bye.
4. Stella meets Tommy. She looks a little bit upset.
Stella : Did you get my message?
Tommy : Yup!
Stella : Why didn’t you call me?
Tommy : I tried many times, but I couldn’t reach you.
Stella : Did you?
Tommy : Yeah. Sorry that it made you upset.
Stella : You know, at that time I needed your help. My motorcycle was broken and you’re
the nearest to reach.
Tommy : I’m very sorry, Stella. I didn’t know that. I promise it won’t happen again next time.
Stella : O.K.

B. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task A.
Answer his/her questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


Dialog 1
1. Where does the dialog happen? 2. What does Iwan want to do?
3. What did he say to show his gratitude?

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 133


Dialog 2
4. What are Andika and his father doing?
5. What did Andika say to respond to his father’s gratitude?
6. Mr. Heru said, “It can’t run fast.” What does the word ‘it’ refer to?
Dialog 3
7. What is the dialog about?
8. Why did Ari say sorry?
Dialog 4
9. What happened to Stella?
10. What did Tommy say to express his regret?
Jawaban:
1. In the library.
2. He wants to find books about English grammar.
3. He said, “Thank you, Miss.”
4. They are fixing a motorcycle.
5. He said, “With pleasure.”
6. It refers to the motorcycle.
7. About dialing the wrong number.
8. Because he had troubled that person.
9. She felt upset.
10. He said, “I’m very sorry, Stella. I didn’t know that. I promise it won’t happen again next time.”

C. Complete the dialogs below while listening to your teacher.


Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Dialog 1
Lisa is going to see a film. She’s in the ticket box now.
Lisa : Two tickets, please.
Ticket attendant : (1) Here you’re.
Lisa : Thanks.
Ticket attendant : (2) You’re welcome. Have fun!
Lisa : You too.
Dialog 2
Tora finds something in the bicycle shed. He thinks it belongs to the girl who has just parked her
bike. He runs after her.
Tora : Hey, wait!
Julia : Pardon? Are you calling me?
Tora : Yes. I found this. It could be yours.
Julia : Yes, it is. (3) Thank you.
Tora : (4) My pleasure.
Dialog 3
Fenty’s bike is broken today. Desi offers a ride to go home together.
Desi : I saw you went to school by bus this morning.
Fenty : That’s right. My bike is broken.
Desi : I see. Well, let me ride you home.
Fenty : (5) Thank you for your offer, but I’m fine.
Desi : Come on! We take the same way, right?
Fenty : O.K., then. (6) Thanks.
Desi : That’s what friends are for.

134 UNIT 3 Thank You


Dialog 4
Allan is staying in a boarding house. He knows that Mr. Hadi, the host, always locks the gate
at 10 p.m. But Allan is a little bit late this time.
Mr. Hadi : Who is it?
Allan : It’s Allan, Sir. I’m sorry I’m back late.
Mr. Hadi : It’s thirty minutes late, you know.
Allan : (7) I really am sorry. The traffic is quite crowded.
Mr. Hadi : (8) Never do it again. O.K.?
Allan : O.K. I promise.
Dialog 5
Mr. and Mrs. Gunawan are going to Denpasar next Saturday. They want to book two tickets today.
Attendant : (9) May I help you?
Mr. Gunawan : I would like to book two tickets to Denpasar, please.
Attendant : When will you leave?
Mr. Gunawan : Next Saturday, please.
Attendant : (10) I am sorry, but next Saturday is sold out.
Mr. Gunawan : Oh! How about Friday?
Attendant : Yes, we have tickets available for Friday.
Mr. Gunawan : O.K. We’ll take two.

Variasi:
Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task C.
Answer the questions orally.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:
1. Where does dialog 1 happen?
2. Who are talking in dialog 1?
3. What does Tora and the girl in dialog 2 talk about?
4. What did Tora say to respond to Julia’s gratitude?
5. What did Fenty say to decline Desi’s offer in dialog 3?
6. What did Desi say when Fenty finally accepted her offer?
7. When does dialog 4 happen?
8. What did Allan say when he made a mistake?
9. “They try to book two tickets today” (Dialog 5). What does the word ‘they’ refer to?
10. What did the attendant say when Mr. Gunawan couldn’t get his tickets for Saturday?

Jawaban:
1. In a movie theater.
2. A visitor (Lisa) and a ticket attendant.
3. Finding someone’s property.
4. He said, “My pleasure.”
5. She said, “Thank you for your offer, but I’m O.K.”
6. She said, “That’s what friends are for.”
7. Late at night.
8. He said, “I really am sorry.”
9. The word ‘they’ refers to Mr. and Mrs. Gunawan.
10. The attendant said, “I am sorry, but next Saturday is sold out.”

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 135


D. Listen to your teacher and give suitable responses.

Ekspresi-ekspresi yang diucapkan guru:


1. Thanks for coming. 2. Thank you for the bakso and iced tea.
3. Thank you for giving me a lift. 4. I’m really grateful for your support.
5. Thank you for helping me manage the house. 6. Oh sorry for stepping on your foot.
7. Sorry. Does it hurt? 8. Please forgive me for hurting your feeling.
9. Sorry for disturbing you. 10. Sorry for not attending the meeting yesterday.
Contoh jawaban:
1. You’re welcome. 2. My pleasure. 3. Anytime.
4. Don’t mention it. 5. My pleasure. 6. That’s O.K.
7. Yes, a little. Don’t worry. 8. O.K. But never do it again. 9. Not to worry about it.
10. There’s no reason to apologize for it.

Variasi:
Listen and repeat after your teacher.
Expressing Gratitude Response
● Thank you very much. ● You are (you’re) welcome.
● Thanks a lot for helping me. ● With pleasure.
● That’s very kind of you. ● Don’t mention it.
● Thank you for your help/kindness. ● No big deal.
● Thank you for visiting me. ● Anytime.

Saying Sorry Responses


● I’m really sorry about it. ● Never mind.
● Oops! Sorry. ● Not to worry.
● I do apologize for it. ● That’s quite all right.
● Please accept my apologies. ● Forget it. I’m O.K.
● Please forgive me for telling you a lie. ● There’s no reason to apologize for it.

A. Is that it?
E. Listen to your teacher and choose
B. Anytime.
A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
C. Sorry, you can’t do that.
Petunjuk: Guru akan membaca lima D. Never mind.
percakapan sederhana yang ada satu per satu. Jawaban: B
Siswa disuruh menyimak dengan saksama. Dalam percakapan tersebut anak
Kemudian, mereka disuruh memilih jawaban perempuan itu meminta tolong Ben untuk
yang sesuai untuk melengkapi tiap-tiap mengambilkan sambal. Kemudian, dia
percakapan itu. mengucapkan terima kasih atas bantuan
Ben. Respons yag tepat atas ucapan
1. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: terima kasih adalah Anytime. Pilihan
Ayu : Pass me the chili, please. jawaban (A) digunakan untuk meminta
Ben : Here you are. konfirmasi, (C) digunakan untuk meminta
Ayu : Thanks, Ben. maaf, dan (D) adalah respons atas
Ben : ________ permintaan maaf.

136 UNIT 3 Thank You


2. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: 4. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
Yahya : Let me help you fix the Nancy : Ouch!
motorcycle, Sir. Maman : ________ I really didn’t mean
Mr. Lilik : You’re very kind, boy. ________ to.
Yahya : You’re welcome.
A. Oh, sorry.
A. Thank you. B. Thank you.
B. Can I ask you something? C. Please don’t trouble yourself.
C. Any better idea? D. You don’t need to say that, O.K.?
D. Sorry. Jawaban: A
Jawaban: A Dalam percakapan tersebut Nancy
Dalam percakapan tersebut Yahya ingin mengaduh karena telah terjadi sesuatu
menolong Pak Lilik memperbaiki sepeda padanya. Maman yang bersalah segera
motornya. Respons yang tepat atas meminta maaf dengan mengucapkan Oh
bantuan/pertolongan seseorang adalah sorry. Pilihan jawaban (B) adalah ungkapan
ucapan terima kasih (Thank you). Pilihan berterima kasih, (C) adalah ungkapan
jawaban (B) adalah ungkapan untuk menolak tawaran, dan (D) adalah respons
meminta sesuatu, (C) ungkapan meminta permintaan maaf atau terima kasih.
pendapat, dan (D) ungkapan permintaan
maaf. 5. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
Ulfa : Do you bring my comic book
3. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: today?
Dea : You have already driven me Patty : Oops! I forget it. ________
home, thanks. Ulfa : All right, then. But promise me
Nora : ________ I’m glad to do it. to bring it tomorrow.
Patty : I will.
A. Don’t do it.
B. That’s a good idea. A. That’s fine. B. Not at all.
C. Sorry for trouble you. C. I’m very sorry. D. I agree with you.
D. Don’t mention it. Jawaban: C
Jawaban: D Dalam percakapan tersebut Patty lupa
Dalam percakapan tersebut Dea meng- membawa buku komik Ulfa padahal dia
ucapkan terima kasih kepada Nora karena harus mengembalikannya pada hari itu.
telah mengantarnya pulang. Respons yang Dia pun meminta maaf atas kealpaannya
tepat atas ucapan terima kasih adalah tersebut. Ungkapan yang benar adalah I’m
Don’t mention it. Pilihan jawaban (A) very sorry. Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah
adalah ungkapan larangan, (B) adalah respons permintaan maaf, (B) adalah
ungkapan persetujuan, dan (C) adalah respons ungkapan terima kasih, dan
ungkapan permintaan maaf. (D) adalah ungkapan persetujuan.

F. Listen to your teacher and write down his/her sentences.


Read your work aloud.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
1. That goat has three horns.
2. You don’t have a dictionary.
3. Vivian always has a bright idea.
4. What do we have for lunch, Mom?
5. Does Dede have a printer at home?
6. Lucky has some money in his pocket.
7. Helvi and Jaya have a new English teacher.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 137


8. Yusnia doesn’t have a problem with science.
9. The students don’t have any homework tomorrow.
10. Nanang is very upset today because he has a bad mark.

G. Find the meanings of the following words.


Then, make sentences using the words.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. horn = tanduk 2. dictionary = kamus
3. bright = cemerlang, pintar 4. lunch = makan siang
5. idea = gagasan 6. pocket = saku
7. problem = masalah 8. science = sains (ilmu pengetahuan)
9. upset = gelisah 10. mark = nilai
Contoh jawaban:
1. People hunt deer for their horns.
2. I need a dictionary to translate the English text.
3. Mirna is really a bright student.
4. Nina invites me for lunch together in her house.
5. Everyone agrees with the idea to go to the beach this weekend.
6. I put some money in my pocket.
7. We need to solve the problem soon.
8. My little brother likes science subject.
9. Mother looks upset because my brother hasn’t come home.
10. My teacher is very pleased because all the students get good marks.

H. Does each sentence have the correct pronoun?


Correct the incorrect one(s).
Underline the pronouns.
1. Where did you put it? 2. I called they just now.
3. Helena invited we to her party. 4. Mother asked I to get some salt.
5. Ms. Leksita wants to meet him now.
Jawaban:
1. Correct : Where did you put it?
2. Incorrect : I called them just now.
3. Incorrect : Helena invited us to her party.
4. Incorrect : Mother asked me to get some salt.
5. Correct : Ms. Leksita wants to meet him now.

A. Practice the dialogs with your friend.


Do it in turns.
1. David : I need some envelopes, please.
Shop assistant : What size do you need?
David : The medium one, please.
Shop assistant : Here you are.
David : Thank you.

138 UNIT 3 Thank You


Shop assistant : You’re welcome. Anything else?
David : No, thank you. Here’s the money.
2. Fabio : Good afternoon. Can I talk to Hans, please?
Hans : Hans speaking.
Fabio : Hans, this is Fabio. Sorry for telling you this.
Hans : What is that? It sounds very serious.
Fabio : It is. I do apologize for losing your data in your flash disk.
Hans : How can you?
Fabio : I didn’t know that there are viruses in my computer. Your flash disk was infected.
I tried to clean the viruses, but the data were corrupted. Sorry, Hans.
Hans : It’s all right. I have the back-up data in my computer.

B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.


1. For dialog 1. According to you, where does the dialog happen?
Jawaban: In a stationery shop.
2. What does David need?
Jawaban: He needs medium sized envelopes.
3. For dialog 2. When does the dialog occur?
Jawaban: In the afternoon.
4. What did Fabio say when he lost Hans’ data?
Jawaban: He said, “I do apologize for losing your data in your flash disk.”
5. How does Fabio feel at that time?
Jawaban: He feels very sorry for that.

Variasi:
Practice the dialogs and then answer the questions.
1. Nano : Excuse me, Miss! You dropped something.
Ms. Wisley : Did I?
Nano : You dropped your purse. Here you are.
Ms. Wisley : Oh, thank you very much.
Nano : My pleasure.
2. Sita : What are you doing, boys?
Jason : We’re playing games and it’s fun.
Sita : But you disturb me. I will have an examination tomorrow, you know.
Jason : Sorry.
Sita : Please play outside, will you?
Jason : O.K. Let’s go, guys. We play the games in the yard.
3. Mrs. Nur : Wow, amazing! The house is clean and tidy. Who did this, Yen?
Yeni : We did it, Mom.
Mrs. Nur : You mean, you and your sister?
Yeni : Yes, Mom!
Mrs. Nur : I do appreciate it, dear.
Yeni : Thanks, Mom.
Mrs. Nur : Don’t mention it.
Questions:
1. For dialog 1. Why did Nano said “My pleasure.”?
Jawaban: He responded to Ms. Wisley’s gratitude.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 139


2. For dialog 2. Why did Sita ask Jason to play outside?
Jawaban: Because he disturbed her.
3. What did Jason say when he disturbed Sita?
Jawaban: He said, “Sorry.”
4. For dialog 3. Who are talking in the dialog?
Jawaban: Mother and her daughter.
5. What did Mrs. Nur say to express her gratitude?
Jawaban: She said, “I do appreciate it, dear.”

C. Complete the dialogs with the suitable words in the boxes.


Practice them with your friends.
1. Jessica walks into a shoe store. She wants to buy a pair of new shoes.
● Thanks. ● See you then.
● Is there anything I can help you? ● I’ll be right back.
Clerk : (a) ________
Jessica : Yes. Do you have these shoes in size thirty-eight?
Clerk : Let me check it in the stockroom.
Jessica : (b) ________ I’d like to try on a pair if you have them.
Clerk : O.K. Wait a minute, please. (c) ________
Jawaban:
a. Is there anything I can help you? b. Thanks.
c. I’ll be right back.
2. Sherina is in a bank to save her money. She’s waiting in line to get her turn, but suddenly . . . .
● O.K. ● Hi.
● What can I do for you? ● Thanks a lot.
Sherina : Excuse me, can you do me a favor, please?
Stranger : Sure. (a) ________
Sherina : Can you save my place for me, please? Nature’s calling.
Stranger : (b) ________ But hurry. The line is moving fast.
Sherina : (c) ________ I won’t be long.
Jawaban:
a. What can I do for you? b. O.K.
c. Thanks a lot.

Variasi:
Siswa disuruh melakukan kegiatan di bawah ini berdasarkan perintah yang sama.
1. Mr. and Mrs. Rustanta are in the railway station. They have to wait for the train for a while.
Then, they are looking for seats. Fortunately, they spot two empty seats in the lobby.
● Thank you. ● That’s great! ● I’m sorry. ● You’re welcome.
Mr. Rustanta : Excuse me. Is this seat taken?
Harry : (Put down the magazine.) (a) ________ What did you just say? It’s too noisy
here.

140 UNIT 3 Thank You


Mr. Rustanta : Err . . . will someone be using this seat?
Harry : No.
Mr. Rustanta : Would you mind moving over one seat so my wife and I could sit together?
Harry : No, not at all.
Mr. Rustanta : (b) ________
Harry : (c) ________
Jawaban:
a. I’m sorry.
b. Thank you.
c. You’re welcome.
2. Stefi went to Surabaya last week. She did not know Surabaya very well, and she lost her
way.
● Hmm . . . sorry, I don’t know. ● I can’t say that.
● Please don’t feel bad about it. ● Excuse me, Madam.
Stefi : (a) ________
Woman : Yes?
Stefi : Do you know Jl. Untung Surapati, Madam?
Woman : Jalan Untung Suropati? Let me think.
Stefi : Well?
Woman : (b) ________ Please ask that man. He might know.
Stefi : O.K., Madam. Thanks.
Woman : I’m very sorry I can’t help you.
Stefi : (c) ___________________________
Jawaban:
a. Excuse me, Madam.
b. Hmm . . . sorry, I don’t know.
c. Please don’t feel bad about it.
3. Neno passed through the red light and was caught by the police officer.
● Oh, sorry, Sir. ● It would be fine.
● There’s no reason to apologize for that. ● Is there anything wrong, Sir?
Neno : (a) ________
Officer : Yes. You passed through the red light.
Neno : No, I didn’t. It was yellow when I passed through.
Officer : Sorry, but may I see your driver license, please?
Neno : (b) ________ I don’t have it on me now. I think I leave it at home.
Officer : (c) ________ Here’s your ticket. See you in the court next week.
Jawaban:
a. Is there anything wrong, Sir?
b. Oh, sorry, Sir.
c. There’s no reason to apologize for that.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 141


D. Rearrange the sentences into good dialogs.
Practice them with your friend(s).
Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. Mr. Hartawan is in the baggage claim. He tries to find his suitcase.
7 Mr. Hartawan : Let me see it. That’s right. Thank you.
3 Mr. Hartawan : It’s a black suitcase and it’s got a zip. There’s a tag with my name and
address on it.
5 Mr. Hartawan : No, that’s not mine.
1 Mr. Hartawan : Excuse me, I left a suitcase in the plane to Makassar this morning.
6 Attendant : What about this one?
4 Attendant : Is this yours?
8 Attendant : Delighted I was able to help.
2 Attendant : Can you describe it, Sir?
2. Nugraha is playing football with his friends. Suddenly . . . .
3 Nugraha : I stepped on a thorn or something.
7 Nugraha : Thank you.
1 Nugraha : Ouch!
5 Nugraha : I might step on a piece of glass.
2 Lukman : What’s the matter, Nug?
6 Lukman : It could be. Well, let me take you home.
4 Lukman : Let me have a look! There is nothing, except a small cut.
8 Lukman : Anytime.
3. It’s a hot day. Santi feels exhausted. She wants to drink her apple juice in the fridge, but it is
not there now. So, she asks her brother.
3 Santi : Have you?
1 Santi : Nang, where’s my apple juice? Don’t tell me you have drunk it!
7 Santi : You really disappoint me.
5 Santi : How could you? Didn’t you know that it was mine?
4 Danang : Hmm. Sorry, I couldn’t help it. I felt very thirsty after playing football, so I drank it.
6 Danang : I know, sorry. Well, let me get one for you. Please wait.
2 Danang : Sorry, I have.
8 Danang : Sorry.

Variasi:
Siswa disuruh melakukan kegiatan berikut berdasarkan perintah yang sama.
1. Mr. Blake’s car was broken two days ago. He put it in the car workshop. Now he’s checking
it if it’s already done.
3 Mr. Blake : It’s B 454 H. Have your mechanics finished yet?
5 Mr. Blake : When will you make it ready?
1 Mr. Blake : Excuse me. Is my car ready yet?
7 Mr. Blake : Thanks.
2 Attendant : What’s your car number, Sir?
6 Attendant : Let me call the mechanic. He’ll tell you about it.
8 Attendant : My pleasure.
4 Attendant : I’m so sorry, Sir. My mechanics are still working on it.

142 UNIT 3 Thank You


2. Mita is on a bus on her way home.
8 Conductor : Can you change this fifty thousand note, Madam?
1 Conductor : Fares, please!
10 Conductor : Thank you, Madam.
3 Conductor : I’m sorry. I don’t have any change for a fifty thousand note. Haven’t
you got any small change?
5 Conductor : Please, wait. Let me ask some of the passengers, then.
Do you have any small change, Sir?
4 Mita : Sorry. I don’t have it, Sir.
2 Mita : Here, Sir. Kebon jeruk, please.
6 Passenger A : No, I don’t, sorry.
7 Passenger B : I haven’t got any either.
11 A woman : Don’t mention it.
9 A woman : Let me see. Oh, I’ve got some. Here you’re.

E. Work in pairs.
Make dialogs based on the situations below.
Practice them with your partner.
1. You always do the house work, like mopping and sweeping the floor as well as watering the
flowers. Your brother/sister often helps you. Express your gratitude after he/she helps you.
2. You are going to your teacher’s house. You don’t know where it is. You ask someone about the
address. Express your gratitude after he/she helps you.
3. You notice that your teacher is in trouble. She has to pull her motorcycle. You offer some help
and she expresses her gratitude. Respond her properly.
4. You are visiting your friend with your little sister. You are chatting with her when suddenly your
sister breaks a vase. You ask for her apology. She understands that and forgives you.
5. You received a phone call from your sister’s friend. She wanted your sister to call her.
Unfortunately, you forgot. You remember it the next morning, but it’s too late. You ask for your
sister’s forgiveness. She forgives you and tells you not to do it again some other time. You
promise that.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Your sister : Let me help you mop the floor.
You : O great! Thanks.
Your sister : Don’t mention it.
2. You : Excuse me, Sir.
Old man : Yes?
You : Do you know Mr. Rudianto’s house?
Old man : Mr. Rudianto’s house? Err . . . it’s two blocks from here. It’s on the left side with brown wall.
You : Thank you, Sir.
Old man : You’re welcome.
3. You : It seems you’re in trouble, Ma’am. Let me help you.
Your teacher : That’s O.K. I can manage it myself.
You : But I insist to help you. Who knows I can fix your motorcycle, Ma’am.
Your teacher : Well, then. I appreciate it.
You : Anytime.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 143


4. You : O, sorry. My little sister broke your beautiful vase. I’ll change it.
Your friend : That’s alright. Don’t trouble yourself. She’s just a little girl.
You : Thank you for your understanding.
5. You : Oops, sorry for telling you this.
Your sister : What’s up?
You : You got a phone call from Viona yesterday afternoon. But sorry, I forgot to tell you that.
Your sister : That’s O.K. But never ever do that again, will you?
You : I won’t. I promise.

F. Look at the pictures and read the words.

1 2 3 4 5

Pic. source: Pic. source: Pic. source: Pic. source: Pic. source:
www.rapidonline.com www.globe-shop dokumentasi penerbit www.mirza.com www.critocn.com
eraser pencil sharpener ruler correction pens calculator

6 7 8 9 10

Pic. source: Pic. source: Pic. source: Pic. source: Pic. source:
www.magneticframes.com www.senpol.com www.straitscomart.com www_engineersedge_com dokumentasi penerbit
crayons color pencils water color compass dictionary

11 12 13 14 15

Pic. source: Pic. source: Pic. source: Pic. source: Pic. source:
www_fredaldous_com www.upload.wikimedia www.viscot.com dokumentasi penerbit www_artsuply_com
rubber pencil board markers backpack ink

16 17 18 19 20

Pic. source: Pic. source: Pic. source: Pic. source: Pic. source:
www.ahits.biz dokumentasi penerbit www.ireviewelectronics.com www.avdeals.com www.kohdesign.com
laptop computer printer LCD projector screen

144 UNIT 3 Thank You


G. Ask and answer questions based on the pictures in Task F.
Use the verb have/has.
Example:
You : Sandi, do you have a dictionary?
Sandi : Yes, I have one.
You : May I use it for a second?
Sandi : Sure. Here you’re.
You : Thanks.
Contoh jawaban:
Reno : How many pens do you have?
Tia : I have three.
Reno : Do you have the red one?
Tia : Yes. I have two red pens.
Reno : May I borrow one?
Tia : Sure. Here you are.

H. Do all the sentences use the verb ‘have/has’ correctly?


Correct the incorrect ones.
1. How many feet does a spider have?
2. Does Ms. Kartini has three children?
3. SMPN 6 doesn’t has an English laboratory.
4. Vina have an excellent performance.
5. Diana has blue eyes.
6. That house have three stairs.
7. Do you have a jacket?
8. Oki and Sani has good English speaking skill.
9. Do they have any homework today?
10. Those tourist buses only has thirty seats.
Jawaban:
1. Correct.
2. Incorrect. Does Ms. Kartini have three children?
3. Incorrect. SMPN 6 doesn’t have an English laboratory.
4. Incorrect. Vina has an excellent performance.
5. Correct.
6. Incorrect. That house has three stairs.
7. Correct.
8. Incorrect. Oki and Sani have good English speaking skill.
9. Correct.
10. Incorrect. Those tourist buses only have thirty seats.

I. Complete the dialogs with the correct form of the verb ‘have’.
Practice them with your friend.
Dialog 1
Heny : I (1) ________ two doughnuts. Do you want some?
Reina : No, thanks. Jane (2) ________ her lunch and she has promised to give me some.
Heny : What does she (3) ________?
Mona : She (4) ________ hamburgers.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 145


Dialog 2
Lala : Rossi (5) ________ a sister. Her mother just gave birth to a baby last night.
Unang : Does she?
Lala : I got a short message from Kiki. She told me that.
Unang : So, Rossi’s mother (6) ________ three children now, a boy and two girls.
Dialog 3
Hadi : Do me a favor, Rif?
Rifky : Sure. What’s up?
Hadi : I want to write a letter, but I don’t (7) ________ any paper.
Rifky : Well, I (8) ________ some. Here you are.
Hadi : Thanks.
Dialog 4
Fajar : Do you think Dadang (9) ________ a handphone?
Eka : I think so. He (10) ________ one, but he can’t use it to browse in the Internet.
Jawaban:
1. have 2. has 3. have 4. has 5. has
6. has 7. have 8. have 9. has 10. has

J. Read and understand the sentences below.


Pay attention to the bold typed words.
1. My parents bought me a new mobile phone.
2. Ms. Riani told us to attend the meeting immediately.
3. Who was the girl with you last night?
4. Father is in the garden. Tell him that Mr. Rusmanto is here.
5. Have you ever met her before? No, I haven’t.

Variasi:
Do the following sentences use the pronouns correctly?
Correct the incorrect ones.
1. Let them play outside. 2. I will use it immediately.
3. Where will us meet the Principal? 4. That’s Rona. Shall I call she now?
5. Ella told I that she would be home late. 6. Mother gave me some money this morning.
7. Turn off the computer and leave them there. 8. I have to speak to Mr. Ronald now.
9. Is this your car, Sir? Him will leave soon.
Please park it in the parking area. 10. Your brother is sleeping. Wake he up
because he has to go to work early.
Jawaban:
1. Correct.
2. Correct.
3. Incorrect. Where will we meet the principal?
4. Incorrect. That’s Rona. Shall I call her now?
5. Incorrect. Ella told me that she would be home late.
6. Correct.
7. Incorrect. Turn off the computer and leave it there.
8. Incorrect. I have to speak to Mr. Ronald now. He will leave soon.
9. Correct.
10. Incorrect. Your brother is sleeping. Wake him up because he has to go to work early.

146 UNIT 3 Thank You


K. Choose the correct pronouns in brackets to complete the sentences.
Read your work with proper pronunciation.
1. Please tell ________ (I, me) who those girls are.
2. Do ________ (I, you) know Afgan? ________ (He, She) is a new pop singer star.
3. Grandma just received a letter. ________ (He, She) wants ________ (I, me) to read ________
(it, its) for ________ (her, him).
4. Gladys has her 15th birthday party today. ________ (She, You) invites her friends. ________
(They, Them) enjoy the party very much.
5. Father bought some books for ________ (we, us). ________ (I, He) bought ________ (it, them)
in Cemerlang Stationary Shop.
6. Those boys are going to the field. ________ (We, They) are going to play football together.
7. Our teachers always remind ________ (me, us) to study well for the exam.
8. Naughty boy! Don’t tease your little sister and make ________ (she, her) cry.
9. Mom, Ms. Mawar just phoned ________ (you, us). ________ (He, She) asked ________
(me, you) to call ________ (her, him) back.
10. In this library ________ (we, us) usually spend our second break time.
Jawaban:
1. me 2. you; He 3. She; me; it; her 4. She; They
5. us; He; them 6. They 7. us 8. her
9. you; She; you; her 10. we

Variasi:
Complete the sentences with correct pronouns.
1. Please tell Mr. Irianto. I want to meet ________ in a few seconds.
2. Alfi has a pair of rabbits as pets. He keeps ________ in a nice cage.
3. Your sister is in the yard. Call ________ to have lunch.
4. Utami tells her friends that Mr. Setyadi is in hospital. She said to her friends, “Let ________
visit him this afternoon.”
5. Agung is helping his mother clean the house. He keeps all old magazines and
newspapers in a box. Then, he puts ________ in the warehouse.
6. We see a comedy film now. The action makes ________ laugh all the time.
7. Your music is too loud, Reed. Please turn ________ down, will you?
8. Kartini tells her brother, “My friends, Dallon, Uci and Halida, will be here in a minute. Please
let ________ know when they are here.”
9. That girl is my new neighbor. ________ want to visit her this afternoon.
10. Keep yourself busy, so you will never think to use drugs. They will surely harm ________.
Jawaban:
1. him 2. them 3. her 4. us 5. them
6. us 7. it 8. me 9. I 10. you

L. Complete the dialog below with correct pronouns.


Aji finished his mid-term test last week. He got his grades today. He tells his parents about his
scores now.
Aji : Mom, Dad. (1) ________ have got my grades.
Mother : Tell us. How did (2) ________ do it?

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 147


Aji : Well, I got 98 for the English lesson and 99 for Science. I got 93 for Math, 97 for Civics
and 96 for Religion.
Father : That’s wonderful! You are really the best student in class, aren’t you?
Aji : Yes, Dad. But I only got 90 for Social sciences.
Mother : Never mind. It’s more than enough. You know, son, you make (3) ________ very proud of
you.
Father : But remember. You should keep your pace. Your friends will study harder. They want to
be the best next time.
Mother : Don’t let (4) ________ pass you in the next corner.
Aji : Yes, Mom, Dad. Wish (5) ________ luck.
Jawaban:
1. I 2. you 3. us 4. them 5. me

M. Practice the dialog in Task L with your friend.

N. Tell the class where you and your friends sit.


Use ordinal numbers.
See the example.
Example:
Good morning, friends. Let me tell you something. I sit in the second row. Galang sits beside
me. Monalisa sits in front of me. So, she sits in the first row. Edy sits behind me. It means he sits in
the third row.

Variasi:
Ask and answer questions like the example.
Example:
A : How many students are there in your classroom?
B : There are forty students.
A : Where do you sit?
B : I sit in the third row. What about yours?
A : There are also forty students in my classroom. I sit in the first row.

O. Ask and answer questions about your duty rooster and the schedule.
See the example.
Example:
You : Hi, Maya! You have to clean the classroom today, right?
Maya : What day is it today?
You : Friday.
Maya : No . . . no. I have the duty to clean the classroom on Saturday.
You : Oh, sorry. By the way, when will we have the Science test?
Maya : Science test? It’s on next Monday, I’m afraid.
You : Thanks.

148 UNIT 3 Thank You


3.2 Short Functional Texts: Spoken Messages and Gratitude Cards

Spoken Text

Listen to your teacher.


Study the explanation.

Mona, your friend Deswita


just called. She reminded
you to bring the atlas.
The text is a spoken message.
Thanks, Mom.
Mona’s mother just got that
message from Deswita. Then,
she delivered it to Mona.
Remember! You should deliver any
messages whenever you get them.
You know, you may forget them if
you delay to deliver them.

Written Text

Read and understand the text.

Dear Rosa,
The party has done. Everything ran well.
Thank you for your support.
I may need your help some other time.
Thank you again.
Dora

The text above is a gratitude card. Dora wrote it in order to express her gratitude for
Rosa’s support in her party.
You need to write a similar card some day, especially in the Mother’s Day.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 149


Read the text and answer the questions.

Dad, Mr. Hasbi called you when


you took shower.
He didn’t leave any messages.
He will call you back later.

Questions:
1. Who delivers the message?
Jawaban: A son/daughter to his/her father does.
2. What is it about?
Jawaban: About Mr. Hasbi’s call when the father took shower.
3. Who just called?
Jawaban: Mr. Hasbi did.
4. What would he do later?
Jawaban: He would call back later.

A. Listen to your teacher and answer the questions below.

Pesan singkat yang dibacakan guru:


Mother : Iwang, you got a package from abroad.
I put it on your desk.
Iwang : Thanks, Mom.

1. Who delivers the message?


Jawaban: Iwang’s mother does.
2. What is the message about?
Jawaban: About a package from abroad for Iwang.
3. “I put it on your desk.” What does the underlined word refer to?
Jawaban: A package.
4. Where can Iwang get it?
Jawaban: On his desk.
5. What did Iwang say to express his gratitude?
Jawaban: He said, “Thanks, Mom.”

B. Listen to your teacher.


Write down the message.
Pesan lisan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Erwin, Ms. Silvia wants you to turn off her computer.
She will go to the meeting.

150 UNIT 3 Thank You


C. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the message in Task B.
Answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


1. Who gets the message?
2. Who sends the message?
3. What is the message about?
4. “Erwin, Ms. Silvia wants you to turn off her computer.”
What does the words ‘turn off’ in Indonesian mean?
5. Why does she ask him to do so?
Jawaban:
1. Erwin does. 2. Ms. Silvia does.
3. About turning off the computer. 4. It means ‘mematikan’.
5. She will go to the meeting.

A. Say the messages below with proper pronunciation.

1 2
Wulan, Esti just called Mom, Ms. Indiah was
you when you were in the here half an hour ago.
toilet. She invites you to visit
She wanted to ask you Ms. Ista in hospital.
about the mathematics She’s waiting for your
homework. confirmation.
She would call you back.

B. Answer the questions below based on the messages in Task A.


1. Who is Esti?
Jawaban: Wulan’s classmate.
2. Why did she call Wulan?
Jawaban: She wanted to ask Wulan about the mathematics homework.
3. What would she do then?
Jawaban: She would call Wulan back.
4. What is the message 2 about?
Jawaban: About an invitation to visit someone in hospital.
5. Who is in hospital?
Jawaban: Ms. Ista is.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 151


Variasi:
Read the text and answer the questions.

Roni, Stevi borrows your


dictionary.
He will give it back to you
after the test.

Questions:
1. In your opinion, why did Roni got a message?
Jawaban: Because Stevi didn’t meet Roni by himself when he borrowed the dictionary.
2. When will he return it?
Jawaban: After the test.

C. Make spoken messages based on the situations below.


1. Your father is taking a nap. Mr. Setiawan from Unggul Repair Shop just called.
He said that your father’s car is done. He asked your father to take it before 5 p.m. today.
2. Mother used your brother’s printer a few minutes ago. Now it runs out of ink. She doesn’t know
how to refill it. Then, she asks you to tell your brother about it.
3. The principal wants to meet the captain of the class. She is in the library now.
The principal asks you to tell her about it now.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Dad, Mr. Setiawan from Unggul Repair Shop called while you were taking a nap.
Your car is done. He asked you to take it before 5 p.m. today.
2. Vito, mom just used your printer. It runs out of ink now. Mom doesn’t know how to refill it.
3. Hertina, the principal is looking for you. He wants to meet you now in his office.

Read the texts and choose A, B, C or D 1. The card is about ________.


for the correct answer. A. Berlina’s achievement
B. Berlina’s problem
Read the text and answer questions 1 and 2. C. Berlina’s gratitude for someone’s support
D. how to solve Berlina’s problem
I don’t know what to say to express Jawaban: C
my gratitude. Isi teks tersebut disimpulkan dari frasa ’to
You did a great job to support me express my gratitude’ (untuk menyampaikan
solve my problem. rasa terima kasih saya) dan kalimat kedua
Thank you very much. yang artinya ”Kamu bekerja bagus untuk
mendorong saya menyelesaikan masalah.”.
Berlina Jadi, isi teks tersebut tentang ucapan terima
kasih Berlina atas dorongan seseorang
(Berlina’s gratitude for someone’s support).

152 UNIT 3 Thank You


2. Berlina sent the card because ________. Jawaban: D
A. she could solve her problem with her Nama pengirim biasanya ditulis di bagian
friend’s support akhir kartu, yaitu Seno (anak laki-laki).
B. she wanted to meet her friend Berdasarkan sapaan yang ditulis di kartu,
C. her friend did a great job ’Uncle and Auntie’, dapat disimpulkan
D. her friend helped her solve the yang mengirim kartu adalah keponakan
problem well laki-laki Paman dan Bibi Johnson (Uncle
Jawaban: D and Aunt Johnson’s nephew).
Alasan Berlina mengirim kartu ucapan itu 4. Seno sends that gratitude card because
karena temannya telah mendorongnya ________
menyelesaikan masalah dengan baik (her A. they always remember him
friend helped her solve the problem well), B. they always accompany him whenever
yang disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua yang he needs them
artinya ”Kamu bekerja dengan bagus C. he never forgets them
untuk mendorong saya menyelesaikan D. he always accompany them whenever
masalah.”. they need him
Jawaban: B
Read the text and answer questions 3 to 5. Alasan Seno mengirim kartu ucapan
adalah untuk berterima kasih kepada
Dear Uncle and Aunt Johnson, paman dan bibinya yang selalu berada di
sampingnya kapan pun dia membutuhkan
I am very grateful to have you both.
mereka (they always accompany him
You are always there when I need you. whenever he needs them), yang
You always cheer me up when I’m down. disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua dan ketiga.
Thanks, Uncle and Auntie. I’ll never forget 5. “You always cheer me up when I’m down.”
that. The underlined word means ________
Love, A. feeling sad B. feeling lonely
Seno C. falling D. feeling happy
Jawaban: A
Klausa ”when I’m down” bermakna ”ketika
saya terpuruk”. Kata ’terpuruk’ bisa
3. Who sent the card? diartikan seseorang sedang merasakan
A. Uncle Johnson did. kesedihan (feeling sad), bukan merasa
B. Aunt Johnson did. sendirian (feeling lonely), jatuh (falling)
C. Uncle and Aunt Johnson’s niece. dalam arti sebenarnya, ataupun merasa
D. Uncle and Aunt Johnson’s nephew. senang (feeling happy).

Variasi:
Read the gratitude card below with proper pronunciation.
Then, answer the questions.

I repaired my car in your repair shop two


days ago. I’m using it now. It’s fantastic.
You did everything well. Thanks.

Halim,
Jalan Pinang Mas No. 59 Bekasi

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 153


Questions:
1. What is the card about?
Jawaban: About a fantastic car repairment.
2. Who sent it?
Jawaban: Mr. Halim did.
3. According to you, why did he send the card?
Jawaban: He felt satisfied with the car repairment.
4. Who received it?
Jawaban: The repair shop did.
5. “I’m using it now.” What does the underlined word refer to?
Jawaban: Mr. Halim’s car.

Make gratitude cards based on the situations below.


Read your work with proper pronunciation.
1. You’ve just finished your mid-term test. Your brother/sister helped you prepare yourself for the
test. You want to write a card to thank him/her.
2. You couldn’t use your computer for weeks because it was broken. Luckily, your uncle came
and he fixed it. You can use your computer now. You send a gratitude card to your uncle.
3. Your parents got a present from a new neighbor. They are very pleased with the present.
Then, they decide to send him/her a gratitude card.
Contoh jawaban:
1. 2.
Julie, I’ve finished my mid-term test Uncle Yoyok, thanks for your effort to fix
today. I’m very grateful that you are my computer. I don’t need to rent
always beside me. I do hope my score a computer now. Thank you, Uncle.
will be good. Thanks a lot.
Your niece,
Retno
Tiara

3.
Dear Mr. Hartawan,
We’re very pleased to have your
excellent present. We thank you for it.

Sincerely,
Gunawan and family

154 UNIT 3 Thank You


Collect some gratitude cards.
List the expressions used in the cards.
Share your work with the class.

Read and memorize the words. fix : memperbaiki


Use them whenever you speak English. forgive : memaafkan
grateful : merasa berterima kasih
apologize : meminta maaf gratitude : rasa terima kasih
apology : permintaan maaf invite : mengundang
appreciate : menghargai kindness : kebaikan
behave : bertingkah laku manner : sopan-santun
boarding house : asrama message : pesan
break : istirahat offer : menawarkan
change : uang kembalian, uang pass through : melintas, melewati
receh repair shop : bengkel
delay : menunda step on : menginjak
deliver : menyampaikan tidy : rapi
dial : menelepon unintentionally : secara tidak sengaja
disturb : menganggu upset : gelisah
especially : khususnya

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 155


A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct Topo : (4) ________.
answer. Rosana : You’re welcome.
3. A. her B. him
1. Sofia : I have a pen friend from Medan. C. you D. them
Now she comes to this town. Can Jawaban: C
you accompany me to meet her? Berdasarkan ucapan Rosana, dia ingin
Pipin : ________. I have many things to memanggilkan taksi untuk Topo. Dalam
do now. percakapan tersebut, Topo adalah orang
Sofia : What about tomorrow afternoon? kedua. Object pronoun orang kedua
Pipin : O.K., no problem. adalah you.
A. O.K., let’s go
B. I am very sorry, I can’t 4. A. I’m not sure
C. No, thanks B. I’m sorry I can’t
D. Thank you for your offer C. Thank you for your help
Jawaban: B D. I don’t know what to say
Berdasarkan isi percakapan, Sofia Jawaban: C
mengajak Pipin untuk menemui sahabat Berdasarkan respons Rosana ”You’re
penanya. Ternyata Pipin mempunyai welcome.” yang artinya ”Sama-sama.”, itu
banyak pekerjaan (kalimat ”I have many berarti Topo mengucapkan rasa terima
things to do.”) sehingga dia tidak bisa. Dia kasih. Pilihan jawaban (A) salah karena
pun meminta maaf karena tidak bisa ucapan itu mengungkapkan keraguan
menemani Sofia. Jadi, ungkapan yang (expressing doubt), (B) salah karena ucapan
sesuai adalah I am very sorry, I can’t. tersebut digunakan untuk meminta maaf
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena (apologizing), dan (D) salah karena ucapan
tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. tersebut digunakan untuk menolak memberi
pendapat (refuse to give an opinion).
2. Look! Here is my school.
It ________ a wide school yard. This dialog is for questions 5 and 6.
We always play there during the break. Edo : (5) ________, Sir. I come late.
A. has B. have Teacher : That’s all right. Go to your seat.
C. is D. makes
Jawaban: A 5. A. Let me explain
Kalimat rumpang itu artinya ”Sekolah B. I’m sorry
saya . . . halaman sekolah yang luas.”. C. I’m happy
Berdasarkan artinya, kalimat itu D. I’m glad you like it
Ujian Nasional 2002/2003
memerlukan kata kerja has yang artinya
Jawaban: B
mempunyai karena subjek kalimat adalah
Berdasarkan kalimat Edo ”I come late.”
it. Pilihan jawaban (B) salah karena have
yang artinya ”Saya datang terlambat.”,
digunakan untuk subjek you, I, we, they
kalimat yang tepat diucapkan sebelumnya
atau subjek jamak, (C) dan (D) salah
adalah kalimat permintaan maaf, yaitu I’m
karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks
sorry. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
kalimat tersebut.
karena tidak sesuai konteks percakapan.
For questions 3 and 4, choose the correct 6. The dialog happens ________.
words or sentences to complete the dialog. A. at home
Rosana : What time will you leave for Korea? B. in the library
Topo : At 8 a.m. C. in the teacher’s office
Rosana : Let me call a taxi for (3) ________. D. in the classroom

156 UNIT 3 Thank You


Jawaban: D Mother : Get ________ some drink and
Berdasarkan konteksnya, percakapan itu cookies.
terjadi di kelas (in the classroom). Hal ini Merry : Sure, Mom.
terbukti Edo meminta maaf kepada A. me B. us
gurunya karena terlambat masuk kelas. C. them D. they
Pilihan jawaban yang lainnya salah karena Jawaban: C
tidak sesuai konteks percakapan. Kalimat tersebut berbentuk kalimat
perintah yang berpola verb base + object
This dialog is for questions 7 and 8. + complement. Jadi, kalimat tersebut
Grocer : Sorry, Madam. Do you memerlukan object pronouns. Object
(7) ________ a small change? pronoun ini mengacu pada objek di kalimat
I can’t change this one hundred sebelumnya, yaitu Ratih dan Juliet. Karena
thousand note. objeknya adalah orang ketiga jamak,
Mrs. Tya : I’m very sorry. I’ve got no small object pronouns yang benar adalah them.
change.
10. Gusti : Don’t sit on the chair. There is
7. A. have B. has a sharp nail on ________.
C. can D. think Denia : Oh, thanks.
Jawaban: A A. you B. it
Berdasarkan konteks percakapan, C. him D. them
pedagang itu meminta uang selain Jawaban: B
Rp100.000,00 karena dia tidak mempunyai Ucapan Gusti memerlukan object
uang kembalian. Jadi, kata kerja yang pronoun. Objek kalimat tersebut sudah
tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat pertanyaan disebutkan di kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu
tersebut adalah have yang artinya the chair. Oleh karena itu, untuk meng-
mempunyai. Pilihan jawaban (B) salah hindari pengulangan object pronoun yang
karena pilihan itu digunakan pada kalimat benar adalah it karena menggantikan
affirmative dengan subjek tunggal, benda mati. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
(C) salah karena can yang artinya dapat salah karena tidak sesuai sebagai kata
bukan kata kerja, dan (D) yang artinya ganti the chair.
berpikir salah karena tidak sesuai dengan
konteks isi percakapan. Read the text and answer questions 11 and
12.
8. The dialog takes place ________.
I am an SMP student. My name is Tessa.
A. at the market
I have one elder sister and two younger brothers.
B. at home
My sister’s name is Kirana and my brothers’
C. in a library
names are Odi and Miko.
D. in a restaurant
Jawaban: A 11. Tessa is the ________ child in her family.
Percakapan itu terjadi antara pedagang A. first B. second
(grocer) dan pembeli (Bu Tya). Jadi, C. third D. fourth
percakapan itu terjadi di pasar (at the Jawaban: B
market). Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya Berdasarkan isi teks, Tessa mempunyai
rumah, (C) yang artinya di perpustakaan, satu kakak perempuan dan dua adik laki-
dan (D) yang artinya rumah makan salah laki, kalimat ”I have one elder sister and
karena tidak sesuai dengan tokoh yang two younger brothers.”. Itu berarti Tessa
berbicara dalam percakapan tersebut. adalah anak kedua (second).
9. Mother : Who are those girls? 12. Tessa’s parents have ________ children.
Merry : They are Ratih and Juliet, Mom. A. four B. five
C. six D. seven

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 157


Jawaban: A Lola : Here we are. Thanks for giving
Berdasarkan isi teks, Tessa mempunyai me a lift.
satu kakak perempuan dan dua adik laki- Jones : Any time. That’s what friends are
laki. Itu berarti orang tua Tessa for.
mempunyai empat (four) orang anak. Lola : Please drop in.
Jones : No, thanks. May be some other
13. pencil sharpener – do – have – a – you –
time.
1 2 3 4 5
Lola : O.K. See you tomorrow.
Jill – ?
Jones : See you.
6 7
The best arrangement of the words to 15. 1. Anang : Why are you late?
make a good sentence is ________. 2. Sinta : I will, don’t worry.
A. 2–5–3–4–1–6–7 3. Anang : Here she comes.
B. 2–5–6–1–3–4–7 4. Sinta : I got a flat tire on my way.
C. 2–5–6–3–4–1–7 5. Anang : I’m sorry to hear that. I hope
D. 2–6–3–4–1–5–7 you’ll be on time next time.
Jawaban: A 6. Sinta : I’m sorry for being late.
Kalimat tersebut berbentuk kalimat tanya, The best arrangement of the sentences to
sehingga diawali dengan kata kerja bantu make a good dialog is ________.
(do) dan diikuti dengan subjek (you), kata A. 1–6–2–4–3–5
kerja (have), objek (a pencil sharpener), B. 3–6–1–4–5–2
sapaan (Jill), dan ditutup dengan tanda C. 3–6–1–5–2–4
tanya (?). Jadi, kata-kata itu akan D. 3–6–2–4–1–5
membentuk kalimat bermakna, yaitu ”Do Jawaban: B
you have a pencil sharpener, Jill?” yang Susunan kalimat itu akan membentuk
artinya ”Apakah kamu mempunyai rautan percakapan sebagai berikut.
pensil, Jill?”. Susunan yang benar adalah Anang : Here she comes.
2–5–3–4–1–6–7. Sinta : I’m sorry for being late.
Anang : Why are you late?
14. 1. Lola : Here we are. Thanks for
Sinta : I got a flat tire on my way.
giving me a lift.
Anang : I’m sorry to hear that. I hope
2. Jones : No, thanks. May be some other
you’ll be on time next time.
time.
Sinta : I will, don’t worry.
3. Lola : Please drop in.
4. Jones : Anytime. That’s what friends
are for. B. Answer the questions.
5. Lola : O.K. See you tomorrow.
1. Yesterday was Tuesday. What day is it today?
6. Jones : O.K.
7. Lola : We almost there. Turn left, Jo. 2. Today is Friday. What day was it yesterday?
8. Jones : See you. 3. Today is Friday. What day is it the following
The best arrangement of the sentences to day?
make a good dialog is ________. 4. When is the Mother’s Day?
A. 7–6–1–4–2–3–5–8 5. Dino has an elder brother and a younger
B. 7–6–1–4–3–2–5–8 sister. Therefore, Dino is the ______ child
C. 7–6–2–4–3–1–5–8 in his family.
D. 7–6–8–4–3–1–5–2 Jawaban:
Jawaban: B 1. Today is Wednesday.
Susunan kalimat itu akan membentuk 2. It was Thursday.
percakapan sebagai berikut. 3. The following day is Sunday.
Lola : We almost there. Turn left, Jo. 4. It is December 22.
Jones : O.K. 5. second

158 UNIT 3 Thank You


Contoh jawaban:
C. Make a spoken message based on the
situation below.
Dear Berlina,
Your sister’s friend, Jojo, just called. He couldn’t
pick up your sister at 3:30 p.m.
Thanks for helping me preparing the party.
He could do it at 4p.m. He said sorry for The party ran well because of you.
that. Tell Jojo’s message to your sister. Thank you very much.
Contoh jawaban:
Your friend Jojo just called. He apologized that Linda
he couldn’t pick you up at 3:30 p.m., but at
4 p.m.

D. Make a gratitude card based on the


situation below.
Your close friend Berlina helped you prepare
the party. The party ran well. You send
a gratitude card to her.

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 3:


● Sebelum berpindah ke Unit 4, guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi. Bagian ini bisa
dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.
● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.
● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.
● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.
● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru.
● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru.
● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 159


4. A. I forgive you.
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
B. I know how you feel.
answer.
C. I’m very sorry not telling you first.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and D. I’m all right, thanks.
2. 5. A. Thank you for your kindness.
Mr. Egar : Are you busy, son? B. I don’t know what to say.
Koko : No, Dad. What’s up? C. Sorry, I can’t share it with you.
Mr. Egar : Please wash the motorcycle. I want D. It’s too late, I’m afraid.
to use it in an hour.
Koko : Right away, Dad. For questions 6 to 8, choose the correct words
Mr. Egar : I appreciate it, boy. Thanks. to complete the dialog.
Koko : My pleasure. Teacher : Let me ask you something. How
many feet does an ant (6) ________?
1. Where does the dialog happen?
Student A : Ant is an insect. So, it must
A. In an office.
(7) ________ six feet.
B. At home.
Teacher : What do you think?
C. At school.
Student B : Err . . . his answer is correct, Sir.
D. In a repair shop.
An ant (8) ________ six feet.
2. What expression of gratitude can you find Teacher : That’s right.
in the dialog?
6. A. has B. have
A. My pleasure.
C. does have D. doesn’t have
B. Right away, Dad.
C. Please wash the motorcycle. 7. A. has
D. I appreciate it, boy. Thanks. B. don’t have
C. doesn’t have
For questions 3 to 5, choose the correct D. have
sentences to complete the following dialog.
8. A. has
Rena : Everyone was looking for you
B. have
yesterday. Where were you?
C. don’t have
Yessi : (3) ________ I have something to do.
D. doesn’t have
Rena : Why didn’t you call? You promised to
go with us to the movie. For questions 9 and 10, choose the correct
Yessi : (4) ________ I had no time. I was in words to complete the following dialog.
a hurry.
Cindy is in Alice’s house. She sees many
Rena : Is that so?
people there.
Yessi : Yeah, it is.
Cindy : Al, there are many people around.
Rena : That’s O.K. this time. By the way, may
Alice : Yeah. There are about eight people
I know your problem?
living here.
Yessi : I know you’re my best friend, but not in
Cindy : By the way, how many brothers or
this case. (5) ________.
sisters do you have?
3. A. Sorry. Alice : I have two brothers. I’m the youngest,
B. That’s all right. you know.
C. How do you know? Cindy : So, you are the (9) ________ child in
D. Not at all. your family.

160 UNIT 3 Thank You


Alice : Right. What about you? 14. A. her B. him
Cindy : I only have one sister. I’m the oldest. C. me D. it
So, I’m the (10) ________ child in my
15. A. I B. She
family.
C. He D. We
Alice : I see.
9. A. first Read the dialog and answer questions 16
B. second and 17.
C. third Grandma : What day is it today, Don?
D. fourth Dono : Today is Friday the eighteenth.
Grandma : So, tomorrow is Saturday the
10. A. two
twentieth.
B. one
Dono : No, grandma. Tomorrow will be
C. second
Saturday the nineteenth.
D. first
Grandma : You’re right.
Read the dialog and answer questions 11 16. The dialog takes place on ________.
and 12. A. Saturday 19th
Woman : Excuse me, Sir. B. Saturday 20th
Man : Yes? C. Friday 18th
Woman : Do you know where the toilet is? D. Friday 12th
Man : Yes. It’s downstairs, in the first floor.
17. What are Dono and his grandma talking
Woman : I see. Thank you, Sir.
about?
Man : You’re welcome.
A. About their business.
11. Where will the woman go? B. About tomorrow’s activity.
A. She will go downstairs. C. About the following day.
B. She will go to the toilet. D. About the day of that day.
C. She will take a bath.
D. She will go upstairs. Read the dialog and answer questions 18 to
20.
12. Where’s the toilet?
Saskia : Have you finished your biology report?
A. It’s in the first floor.
Doni : I have.
B. It’s in the second floor.
Saskia : Have you printed it?
C. It’s in the third floor.
Doni : I have.
D. It’s upstairs.
Saskia : Excellent!
For questions 13 to 15, choose the correct Doni : Why do you ask?
words to complete the dialog. Saskia : I want to borrow your computer and
printer.
Widhi : Dad, are you expecting someone?
Doni : Haven’t you finished yours?
Mr. Irwansah : No, I don’t. Why?
Saskia : No, I haven’t.
Widhi : There’s someone outside.
(13) ________ looks confused. 18. Who are talking in the dialog?
Mr. Irwansah : Mm . . . let (14) ________ in. A. A manager and his secretary.
(15) ________ will ask him B. Two teachers.
what he wants. C. Two students.
Widhi : Sure, Dad. D. Brother and sister.
13. A. You B. I
C. He D. They

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 161


19. Saskia asked, “Have you printed it?” B. Make a simple dialog.
The word ‘it’ refers to ________. Use expressions of apologizing.
A. Doni’s work
B. a printer
C. a computer C. Make a simple dialog.
D. Saskia’s work Use expressions of thanking.
20. Which utensil would Saskia use?
D. Write a gratitude card.
A. B.

C. D.

162 UNIT 3 Thank You


Jawaban Review Unit 3 kalimat sebelumnya yang bermakna
bahwa meskipun Rena adalah teman
A. Pilihan Ganda
baiknya, Yessi tidak dapat
1. B. Percakapan itu terjadi antara ayah memberitahukan masalahnya kepada
dengan anak laki-lakinya. Percakapan Rena. Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah
itu tentang permintaan bantuan sang ungkapan berterima kasih atas
ayah agar anak laki-lakinya mencuci- kebaikan seseorang, (B) adalah
kan sepeda motornya. Berdasarkan ungkapan simpati, dan (D) adalah
konteks dan isi percakapan, jelas respons permintaan maaf.
bahwa percakapan itu terjadi di rumah
6. B. Kalimat tanya yang menggunakan
(at home). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
kata kerja have/has untuk subjek
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan
tunggal (an ant) memiliki struktur
konteks percakapan. In an office
Wh-question . . . + does + subject +
artinya di kantor. At school artinya
have + ?. Jadi, kata yang tepat
di sekolah. In a repair shop artinya
melengkapi kalimat soal adalah have.
di bengkel.
7. D. Kalimat affirmative positif dengan
2. D. Koko bersedia membantu ayahnya
menggunakan kata kerja dan modal
mencucikan kendaraannya. Sebagai
(must) memiliki pola: Subject + modal
ucapan terima kasih Pak Egar
+ have + . . . . Jadi, kata yang tepat
mengucapkan, ”I appreciate it, boy.”
melengkapi kalimat soal adalah have.
yang artinya ”Saya menghargainya,
nak.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah 8. A. Kalimat affirmative positif (disimpulkan
karena bukan ekspresi terima kasih. dengan kalimat ”. . . his answer is
My pleasure digunakan untuk correct.” yang artinya ”. . . jawabannya
merespons ucapan terima kasih. benar.”) yang menggunakan subjek
Right away, Dad digunakan untuk tunggal (an ant) dan kata kerja have/
melaksanakan perintah. Please wash has mempunyai pola Subject + has +
the motor cycle digunakan untuk . . . . Jadi, kata yang tepat melengkapi
memberi perintah. kalimat soal adalah has.
3. A. Respons yang sesuai adalah 9. C. Berdasarkan kalimat Alice ”I have two
permintaan maaf karena semua orang brothers. I’m the youngest, . . . .” yang
mencari Yessi dan dia tidak memberi artinya ”Saya mempunyai dua
tahu mereka. Pilihan jawaban (B) saudara laki-laki. Saya yang termuda,
adalah respons permintaan maaf, . . . .” berarti Alice adalah anak ketiga
(C) adalah ungkapan meminta (third) di keluarganya. First artinya
informasi, dan (D) adalah respons pertama, second artinya kedua, dan
ucapan terima kasih. fourth artinya keempat.
4. C. Respons yang tepat diucapkan Yessi 10. D. Berdasarkan kalimat Cindy ”I’m the
karena tidak menepati janji pergi oldest.” yang artinya ”Saya adalah
nonton dan tidak menelepon untuk anak tertua.” berarti Cindy adalah
memberi tahu yang lain adalah anak pertama (first) di keluarganya.
ungkapan permintaan maaf, yaitu I’m 11. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat
very sorry not telling you first. Pilihan wanita itu, yaitu ”Do you know where
jawaban (A) adalah respons per- the tiolet is?” yang artinya ”Apakah
mintaan maaf, (B) adalah ungkapan Anda tahu letak toilet?”. Jadi, wanita
simpati, dan (D) adalah ungkapan itu hendak pergi ke toilet.
menolak tawaran. 12. A. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat
5. C. Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya laki-laki itu yang menjawab
maaf, saya tidak dapat menceritakan- pertanyaan tentang letak toilet, yaitu
nya benar. Hal ini disimpulkan dari

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 163


”It’s downstair, in the first floor.” yang 19. A. Kata ganti benda ’it’ mengacu pada
artinya ”Toilet ada di bawah, di lantai objek benda yang telah disebutkan
pertama.”. sebelumnya, yaitu ’your report’, dan
13. C. Kalimat tersebut memerlukan subjek ’you’ mengacu pada Doni. Jadi,
berupa kata ganti orang (pronoun) pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah
ketiga tunggal yang mengacu pada Doni’s work.
’someone outside’ (seseorang di luar). 20. D. Dalam percakapan itu, Saskia
Pronoun yang benar adalah he. mengatakan ”I want to borrow your
Pronoun you mengacu pada orang computer and printer.” yang artinya
kedua tunggal, I untuk orang pertama ”Saya ingin meminjam komputer dan
tunggal, dan they untuk orang ketiga printermu.”. Jadi, alat yang akan
jamak (lebih dari satu). digunakan Saskia adalah gambar
14. B. Kalimat tersebut memerlukan objek di pilihan jawaban (D).
pronoun yang mengacu pada
B. Uraian
’someone outside’. Karena di kalimat
sebelumnya, ’someone outside’ Contoh jawaban:
diganti dengan subjek pronoun ’he’ Arum : Niken, I want to talk to you.
(laki-laki), objek pronoun yang benar Niken : What about? You look serious.
untuk kalimat ini adalah him. Her Arum : It is. I broke your mobile phone. It has
adalah objek pronoun untuk no signal now. I’m sorry.
perempuan tunggal (she), me adalah Niken : How can it be?
objek pronoun dari I, dan it adalah Arum : Well, I . . . I tried to load an online
objek pronoun untuk benda. music. I touched something. Suddenly,
it was cut and no signal at all.
15. A. Subjek pronoun yang benar
Niken : You disappoint me.
melengkapi kalimat itu adalah ’I’
Arum : Please forgive me. I’ll take it to
karena mengacu pada diri pembicara.
a repairman, O.K.?
She, he, we salah karena mengacu
Niken : O.K. Make sure it works again.
pada orang lain.
16. C. Jawaban disimpulkan dari jawaban C. Uraian
Dono atas pertanyaan neneknya Contoh jawaban:
tentang nama hari pada saat itu, yaitu Tasya : Thanks for giving me a lift, Ar.
”Today is Friday the eighteenth.” yang Aris : My pleasure.
artinya ”Sekarang adalah hari Jumat Tasya : Please drop in.
tanggal 18.”. Aris : No, thanks. Maybe some other time.
17. D. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat Tasya : O.K. Bye.
yang pertama, yaitu ”What day is it Aris : Bye.
today?” yang artinya ”Sekarang hari
D. Uraian
apa?”. Jadi, percakapan tersebut
tentang nama hari ini (about the day Contoh jawaban:
of that day).
18. C. Jawaban disimpulkan dari frasa Olga, you’re really a good friend of
’biology report’ yang artinya ’laporan mine. Your support means a lot to me,
atau tugas biologi’. Jadi, dapat thanks. I can manage everything
disimpulkan kalau kedua orang dalam myself now. I’m very grateful, thank
percakapan itu adalah anak sekolah you!
(students).

164 UNIT 3 Thank You


Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will
be able to:
1. ask for and give information,
2. say something politely,
3. create short functional texts
(spoken notices),
4. write short functional texts
(personal letters),
5. use possessive adjectives and
the simple present tense, and
6. tell time and mention kinds
of professions.

In your daily life, you need information for sure. It is important for you
to understand kinds of expressions to ask for information. You also
need to know some expressions to respond to it. You will learn those
expressions in this unit.
Moreover, you will learn how to ask and tell time. It is important
for you to understand them for your daily conversations.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 165


4.1 Expressions

Asking for and Giving Information

Read the dialogs and understand the expressions.

1
Is it your new
bicycle?
Yes, it is.

What a nice
bicycle!
Thanks.

2 When will we go to
the public library?
Today I think. How about
going there after school?

O.K. No
problem.

Look at dialog 1. Sari asks Dio about the bicycle. Dio tells her that the bicycle is his.
Look at dialog 2. Dio asks Bowo when they will go to the public library. He answers that day
after school. Dio agrees with Bowo to go to the public library that day after school.
Both dialogs above tell you about asking for and giving information. In dialog 1, Sari uses
yes/no question to ask for information. Dio responds to it by saying “Yes, it is.”
It means yes/no questions are always responded by “Yes” or “No”.
Now, study dialog 2. Dio asks a question using “when” (kapan). Bowo replies it by telling the
time, “Today I think.” The word “when” is one of Wh-questions or open questions. You can
use it to ask particular kinds of information. If someone asks you a question word “when”,
you must reply him/her by telling the time or date.

166 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


In English there are some Wh-questions. Here they are.
1. What (Apa)
We use it when we ask for information about something.
Example:
A : What is inside your paper bag? (Apa yang ada di dalam tas kertasmu?)
B : A new dictionary. (Sebuah kamus baru.)
2. When (Kapan)
We use it to ask about the time that something happened or will happen.
Example:
A : When will the school bus arrive? (Kapan bus sekolah akan datang?)
B : At 6:30 a.m. (Jam 6:30 pagi.)
3. Where (Di mana)
We use it to ask questions about place or position.
Example:
A : Where do you live? (Di manakah tempat tinggalmu?)
B : I live at Jalan Menur number 27. (Aku tinggal di Jalan Menur nomor 27.)
4. Which (Yang mana)
We use it when we ask for information about one of a limited number of things.
Example:
A : Which T-shirt do you prefer? (Kaos mana yang kamu pilih?)
B : I prefer the black one. (Aku pilih yang berwarna hitam.)
5. Who (Siapa)
We use it when we ask about someone’s identity as a subject.
Example:
A : Who is your English teacher?
B : Mr. Heri Pambudi.

Info:
● To ask about someone’s identity as an object, we use whom.
Example:
A : Whom do you usually go to school with? (Dengan siapa kamu biasanya
berangkat sekolah?)
B : Sheila, my best friend. (Sheila, teman dekatku.)
● To ask about possession, we use whose (milik siapa).
Example:
A : Whose book is on the table? (Milik siapakah buku yang terletak di atas
meja?)
B : It’s mine. (Milikku.)

6. Why (Mengapa)
We use it to ask for a reason.
Example:
A : Why do you choose the brown shoes? (Mengapa kamu memilih sepatu yang
berwarna coklat itu?)
B : Because I like the model. (Karena aku suka modelnya.)

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 167


7. How (Bagaimana)
We use it to ask about the way in which something is done.
Example:
A : How do you go to school? (Kamu berangkat ke sekolah naik apa?)
B : On foot. (Dengan berjalan kaki.)

Saying Something Politely

Read the dialogs and understand the expressions.

1
You shouldn’t cut
my hair too short.

O.K. As you
wish.

2 Would you lend me some


money? I’m broke.
How much do
you need?
Five thousand
rupiah.
Well, let me
see.
Thanks a lot.

Look at the bold-typed words in the dialogs. You use them to ask someone to do or not to do
something politely. You can also use could to express politeness.
Examples: “Could you please get me a paper?” or “Could you turn on the lamp?”

Grammar Section

Possessive Adjectives

Read the sentences and understand the bold-typed words.


1. This is my pen.
2. Anto reads his favorite book.
3. Shinta wears her red skirt.

168 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


4. My cat often licks its fur.
5. We must keep our environment clean.
6. My sister usually helps Tika, Dita and Ika to solve their math problems.
7. Here is your flash disk.
Pay attention to the bold-typed words in the sentences. They are possessive
adjectives. Possessive adjectives means kata ganti kepemilikan. ‘My’ means ‘milikku’, ‘his’
means miliknya (laki-laki), ‘her’ means miliknya (perempuan), ‘its’ means miliknya (untuk
benda atau hewan), ‘our’ means milik kami/kita, ‘your’ means milikmu/milik kalian and ‘their’
means milik mereka.
Read and understand the use of possessive adjectives in the following dialogs.
1. Alan : Do you know where my pen is?
Danu : Umm, . . . I think Siska uses your pen.
2. Nanda : What does Anto usually do during his spare time?
Luna : He is playing with his pet.
3. Icha : Why does Rianti look sad?
Daniar: She has lost her purse.
4. Juwita : What will you do next holiday?
Hardi : My sister and I are going to our grandparents’ house.
5. Ricky : Where do Pandu and Nanang live? Do you know their addresses?
Putri : No, I don’t.

The Simple Present Tense: Showing Daily Routines

Read the sentences and study the explanation.


The simple present tense is frequently used in English. You can use it to show your daily
routines (daily activities).
Examples:
Every morning, I wake up at 4:30 a.m., then I make my bed. My sister wakes up earlier
than me. She usually helps my mother in the kitchen. After I make the bed, my family and I do
the morning prayer together. Once I finish it, I take a shower. At that time, my father usually
cleans his car in the garage. My mother and my sister prepare our breakfast at 5:30 a.m. We
have our breakfast at 5:45 a.m. When we are ready, we get into the car. My father usually
takes my sister and me to school at 6 a.m. After that, he takes my mother to her office. My
sister and I arrive at school at 6:20 a.m. After school, I usually go home by bus at 1 p.m.
My sister always goes home later than me. She is a senior high student. I often take a nap
about an hour. When I wake up, my sister usually arrives home. My parents usually arrive
home at 5 p.m.
Patterns:
Singular subjects
Affirmative (+) : He/She/It + verb + -s/-es + object/complement
Negative (–) : He/She/It + does not + verb base + object/complement
Interrogative (?) : Does + he/she/it + verb base + object/complement + ?

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 169


Plural subjects and I
Affirmative (+) : I/We/You/They + verb base + object/complement
Negative (–) : I/We/You/They + do not + verb base + object/complement
Interrogative (?) : Do + we/you/they + verb base + object/complement + ?

Info: doesn’t = does not; don’t = do not

In the simple present tense, you usually use adverbs of time (keterangan waktu) such as
always (selalu), usually (biasanya), often (sering), seldom (jarang), ever (pernah) and
never (tidak pernah).
Examples:
1. I always wear uniform to school.
2. My brother usually goes to school with his friends at 6 a.m..
3. Dian often takes a nap at about 3 p.m.

Telling Time

Study how to tell time.


In the sentence “My brother usually goes to school with his friends at 6 a.m.”, you use
a.m. (ante meridiem) to tell the time in the morning. In the sentence “Dian often takes a nap
at about 3 p.m.”, you use p.m. (post meridiem) to tell the time after midday or noon (12 p.m.).
Study the following examples.

It’s six o’clock. It’s seven o’clock. It’s eight o’clock.

My mother picks me up at a quarter to two. My father goes to work at half past six.
My mother picks me up at one forty-five. My father goes to work at six thirty.

170 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


● Remember, use o’clock at the full hour only.
Don’t use o’clock if it is not the full hour.
Correct examples:
– 6 = six o’clock
– 6:30 = six thirty/half past six
Incorrect example:
6:30 = six thirty o’clock
● Use past for minutes 01–minutes 30.
Use to (American English: before/of/till) for minutes 31–minutes 59.
Examples:
– 7:15 = a quarter past seven
– 7:30 = half past seven
– 7:45 = a quarter to eight

Kinds of Professions

Read and study the dialog.


Putra : Wan, what does your father do?
Wawan : He is a police officer.
Putra : And your mother?
Wawan : She’s a nurse. What about your parents? What do they do?
Putra : My father is a sailor and my mother is a housewife.
Wawan : I see.
Look at the bold-typed expressions. You can use it to ask someone’s profession/
occupation. You can also do it by saying “What is your job?”
Look at the pictures and remember the words.

1 2 3

Mr. Setiawan is Ms. Aprilia is Miss Claudia is


a banker. a doctor. a secretary.

4 5 6

Mr. Hidayat is Ms. Diana is Mr. Barata is


a teacher. a police officer. a soldier.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 171


7 8 9

That man is a farmer. Ms. Rini is a grocer. My uncle is a driver.

10 11 12

Eva’s father is Mr. Hardi is a parking Julian is a gas pump


a firefighter. attendant. attendant.

13 14 15

Mr. Wisnu is Eli works as a shop Ms. Endang is


a dustman. assistant. a satay vendor.

16 17 18

Ms. Erna is a florist. That man is Riko is a gardener.


a fisherman.

172 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


19 20

Mr. Aswin is a school Ms. Yetti is


guard. a fishmonger.

Remember Unit 3 and answer the questions below.

1. What have you learned in Unit 3?


Jawaban: I have learned two English expressions, expressing gratitude or thanking and
saying sorry or apologizing. I also learned gratitude cards.
2. What should you say when you make a mistake?
Jawaban: I should say, “I am sorry.”
3. When people help you, what should you say?
Jawaban: I should say, “Thank you.”
4. Do you know the school utensils? Mention them.
Jawaban: Yes, I do. Some of them are pens, pencils, rubbers, rulers, correction pens, pencil
sharpeners, pencil cases and colored pencils.
5. Make two sentences using the verbs have and has.
Contoh jawaban:
a. I have many friends.
b. Tito has two sisters.

A. Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/her.

1. Andi : Do you want to go home now?


Rehandi : No, I don’t.
Andi : When will you go home?
Rehandi : In a few minutes. What’s up?
Andi : Um, . . . can I have a lift?
Rehandi : Of course.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 173


2. Titin : Do you know a book store nearby?
Lina : Yes, I do.
Titin : Where is it?
Lina : It’s at Jalan Pandawa number 4. It’s near the post office.
Titin : I see, thanks.
Lina : You’re welcome.
3. Raka : Would you please tell me where the canteen is?
Doni : Sure. Go straight and turn left. It’s next to the library.
Raka : Thank you very much.
Doni : Don’t mention it.
4. Mr. Santoso : Where are you going?
Mila : I’m going to buy some snacks.
Mr. Santoso : Could you buy me a can of orange juice?
Mila : O.K.
Mr. Santoso : Thanks, dear.
Mila : Anytime, Dad.
5. Mrs. Bambang : Ferdi, how will you go to your uncle’s house?
Ferdi : I will go there by bus, Mom. What’s up?
Mrs. Bambang : Nothing. I just want to know. In case you need some more money.
Ferdi : Yes, Mom. I need it. I don’t know exactly how much the fare is.
Mrs. Bambang : Here you are.
Ferdi : Thank you very much, Mom.
Mrs. Bambang : You’re welcome.

B. Your teacher will ask you some questions based on the dialogs in Task A.
Answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


Dialog 1
1. What is the relationship between the speakers?
2. What will Rehandi do a few minutes later?
3. What does Andi ask?
Dialog 2
4. What are Titin and Lina talking about?
5. Where’s the book store?
6. What does Titin say to ask for information?
7. What’s the relationship between the speakers?
Dialog 3
8. What does Raka ask Doni to do?
9. Do you think Raka asks Doni politely? How do you know?
Dialog 4
10. What is the relationship between the speakers?
11. Mr. Santoso says, “Where are you going?” What does he express?
12. Which one is the expression of saying something politely?
Dialog 5
13. What is the relationship between the speakers?
14. Which one is the expression of asking for information?
15. Why does Ferdi need some more money?

174 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


Jawaban:
1. They are classmates.
2. He will go home.
3. He asks for a lift.
4. They’re talking about a book store nearby.
5. It is at Jalan Pandawa number 4, near the post office.
6. She says, “Do you know a book store nearby?”
7. They’re friends.
8. Raka asks Doni to show where the canteen is.
9. Yes, I do. Doni says, “Would you please tell me where the canteen is?”
10. Father and his daughter.
11. He asks for information.
12. It is “Could you buy me a can of orange juice?”
13. Mother and her son.
14. It is “Ferdi, how will you go to your uncle house?”
15. Because he doesn’t know exactly how much the fare is.

C. Listen to your teacher.


Complete the dialogs with the sentences you have heard.

Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


Dialog 1
Derry : You look so pale. (1) Are you O.K.?
Ari : No, I’m not.
Derry : (2) What’s wrong? Perhaps I can help you.
Ari : I’ve got a stomachache.
Derry : Let me take you to the sick bay.
Ari : Thanks.

Dialog 2
Tara : Ki, (3) who is that cute baby?
Kiki : He’s Radit, my youngest brother.
Tara : (4) How old is he?
Kiki : Eight months old.

Dialog 3
Ella : Excuse me, Sir. (5) Could you do me a favor?
Mr. Chandra : Sure. (6) What is it?
Ella : (7) Could you show me the way to the railway station?
Mr. Chandra : (8) Go straight and turn left at the T-junction. It’s near the Golden Hotel.
Ella : Thank you.

Dialog 4
Mr. Wijaya : Hello. Wijaya’s speaking.
Mrs. Handoko : Hello. (9) Can I talk to Miss Tika Wijaya, please?
Mr. Wijaya : (10) Please hang on. I’ll call her.
Mrs. Handoko : O.K. Thanks.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 175


D. Read the dialogs below.
Your teacher will ask some questions about them.
Answer the questions orally.

1. Santi and Sinta are twins. They are going to buy a gift for their friend in a gift shop.
Santi : Sinta, what do you think about this purple scarf?
Sinta : It’s nice, but I think Lina prefers something else.
Santi : Um . . ., I think so. Maybe we can give her a night lamp.
Sinta : Good idea. What color does she like?
Santi : She likes light green.
Sinta : Let’s get a light green night lamp, then.
Santi : O.K.

2. Santi and Sinta are in a gift shop now.


Santi : Sinta, let’s get in.
Sinta : Come on.
Shop assistant : Welcome to Kyu-Kyu gift shop. Anything I can help you, Miss?
Santi : Well, we need a night lamp.
Sinta : Right. Do you have the light green one?
Shop assistant : Yes, we have several models here. Take a look.
Several minutes later . . . .
Sinta : Santi, how about this one? It’s pretty good.
Santi : I agree with you.
Sinta : Excuse me, Miss. We want to buy this lamp.
Santi : How much is it?
Shop assistant : It’s fifty-seven thousand rupiah.
Sinta : O.K. We take it.
Shop assistant : Please pay at the cashier.
Santi : Sure, thanks.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


1. What is the dialog 1 about?
2. Where do you think the two dialogs take place?
3. Where do Santi and Sinta buy the gift?
4. What is the relationship between Santi and Sinta?
5. What does Santi suggest to buy at first?
6. What is Lina’s favorite color?
7. What do the girls decide to buy at last?
8. What is the gift shop name?
9. Is the shop assistant a man or woman? How do you know?
10. How much is the lamp?
11. What are the expressions of asking for information in the dialogs?
12. What are the expressions of giving information in the dialogs?
13. What does Sinta say to express politeness?
14. What does the shop assistant say to express politeness?
15. After asking for the lamp’s price, where will Santi and Sinta go?

176 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


Jawaban:
1. About deciding a gift for their friend.
2. The first dialog is at home or on the way and the second one is in a gift shop.
3. In a gift shop.
4. They are twins.
5. A purple scarf.
6. Light green.
7. A light green night lamp.
8. Kyu-Kyu gift shop.
9. A woman. Based on Sinta’s sentence, “Excuse me, Miss. We want to buy this lamp.”
10. Fifty-seven thousand rupiah.
11. There are “What color does she like?”, “Do you have the light green one?”, “How much is it?”.
12. There are “She likes light green.”, “Yes, we have several models here.”, “It’s fifty-seven
thousand rupiah.”.
13. She says, “Excuse me, Miss.”
14. She says, “Welcome to Kyu-Kyu gift shop.” and “Anything I can help you, Miss?”
15. To the cashier.

E. Listen to your teacher.


Answer his/her questions based on your own data.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


1. What is your full name?
2. What’s your birth date?
3. What’s your father’s name?
4. What does your father do?
5. What’s your mother’s name?
6. What does your mother do?
7. Do you have brothers or sisters?
8. How many brothers or sisters do you have?
9. What lesson do you like?
10. Why do you like the lesson?
11. Where is your English book?
12. Will you do your homework?
13. Will you do house work?
14. Will you help your friends?
15. Could you read your book loudly?

Contoh jawaban:
1. Ferry Kurniawan Ardianto. 2. August 20, 1996.
3. Andika Surya Bagaskoro. 4. He is a lawyer.
5. Sartika Dian Handoyo. 6. She is a housewife.
7. Yes, I do. 8. I have one elder brother only.
9. I like English and math. 10. English is fun and math is challenging.
11. In my bag. 12. Yes, I will.
13. Yes, I will. 14. Yes, I will.
15. Yes, I could.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 177


Variasi:
Guru menyuruh siswa untuk bertanya kepada teman sebangkunya dengan menggunakan
pertanyaan di Task E atau pertanyaan yang mengandung Wh-questions. Selain itu, siswa
diperbolehkan mengajukan pertanyaan yang mengandung yes/no questions.

F. Listen to you teacher.


Write down the sentences you have heard.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


1. I always go to school on foot.
2. My friends and I usually study English together in my house.
3. My mother often asks me to go to the market with her.
4. Eni’s father seldom reads newspapers without his glasses.
5. Edi’s brother never skips school.
6. Devi’s sister likes oranges very much.
7. My brother doesn’t like oranges.
8. Does your grandmother read a book every day?
9. Does Bambang think English is difficult?
10. Does Vera’s best friend always go to Vera’s house in weekends?

G. Read the sentences in Task F.


Underline the subjects and circle the verbs.

Jawaban:
1. I always go to school on foot.
2. My friends and I usually study English together in my house.
3. My mother often asks me to go to the market with her.
4. Eni’s father seldom reads newspapers without his glasses.
5. Edi’s brother never skips school.
6. Devi’s sister likes oranges very much
7. My brother doesn’t like oranges.
8. Does your grandmother read a book every day?
9. Does Bambang think English is difficult?
10. Does Vera’s friend always go to Vera’s house in weekends?

178 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


Variasi:
Find the meanings of the verbs in Task F.
Jawaban:
1. go = pergi 2. study = belajar
3. ask = meminta, menyuruh 4. read = membaca
5. skip = membolos 6. like = suka
7. like = suka 8. read = membaca
9. think = berpikir 10. go = pergi

H. Listen to your teacher.


Match the sentences you’ve heard with the suitable pictures.
Fill in the sentence number in each box near the correct picture.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru:


1. Mr. Sanjaya is a teacher. He teaches English in my school.
2. Miss Anita is a grocer. She works in a market.
3. Mr. Parwoto is a driver. He drives a taxi.
4. Ms. Santika is a doctor. She works in a public health center.
5. Mr. Herman is a fisherman. He catches fish at sea.
6. Mr. Karyo works as a dustman in my place. He always goes to work early in the morning.
7. Mr. Parto is a gardener. He works diligently.
8. Ardi works as a gas pump attendant. His work place is not far from his house.

Gambar-gambar soal dan jawaban:

5 4 1 8

7 2 3 6

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 179


I. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the sentences in Task H.
Answer them orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


1. What does Mr. Sanjaya do?
2. Where does Mr. Sanjaya work?
3. What does Miss Anita do?
4. Where does Miss Anita work?
5. What does Mr. Parwoto do?
6. Where does Mr. Parwoto work?
7. What does Ms. Santika do?
8. Where does Ms. Santika work?
9. What does Mr. Herman do?
10. Where does Mr. Herman work?
11. What is Mr. Karyo’s job?
12. When does he usually go to work?
13. What is Mr. Parto?
14. How does he work?
15. Is Ardi’s workplace far from his house?

Jawaban:
1. He is a teacher. 2. In school.
3. She is a grocer. 4. In a market.
5. He is a taxi driver. 6. In a taxi company.
7. She is a doctor. 8. In a public health center.
9. He is a fisherman. 10. At sea.
11. He is a dustman. 12. He goes to work early in the morning.
13. He is a gardener. 14. He works diligently.
15. No, it is not.

Variasi:
Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Correct the false ones.
1. A grocer works in a gas station.
2. A doctor works in a public health center.
3. A teacher works in school.
4. A taxi driver works in an airport.
5. A fisherman works at sea.
Jawaban:
1. F. A grocer works in a market.
2. T
3. T
4. F. A taxi driver works in a taxi.
5. T

180 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


J. Listen to your teacher.
Write the sentences you have heard in your book.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


1. It’s seven o’clock. 2. It’s seven fifteen.
3. It’s half past seven. 4. It’s a quarter to eight.
5. It’s a quarter to one. 6. It’s half past twelve.
7. It’s twelve fifteen. 8. It’s twelve o’clock.
9. It’s five fifteen. 10. It’s half past five.

K. Read the sentences you have written in Task J.


Draw the correct pointers on the clock pictures.
Jawaban:

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8

9 10

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 181


Variasi:
Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal ini.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru:
1. It’s a quarter to six. 2. It’s five o’clock.
3. It’s three fourteen. 4. It’s eleven past two.
5. It’s quarter to nine. 6. It’s eight to nine.
7. It’s three to ten. 8. It’s four past nine.
9. It’s four to nine. 10. It’s half past four.
Jawaban:

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

9 10

L. Listen to your teacher.


Write the text you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Every Monday, Fitri and his brother go to school earlier than usual. They go to school at
6 a.m. by bicycle. Today they will have a flag hoisting ceremony. Therefore, they have to wear their
hats and ties. They usually arrive at school at 6:15 a.m.

182 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


Variasi:
Match the words with their meanings correctly.
Then, make sentences using the words.

a. biasanya b. upacara pengibaran bendera c. memakai


d. tiba e. lebih awal f. senin
g. sekolah h. saudara laki-laki
i. sepeda j. topi

1. Monday 2. brother 3. earlier


4. flag hoisting ceremony 5. arrive 6. wear
7. hat 8. usual 9. bicycle
10. school
Jawaban:
1. f 2. h 3. e 4. b 5. d
6. c 7. j 8. a 9. i 10. g
Contoh jawaban:
1. I have a PE class every Monday.
2. I only have one brother.
3. Linda always arrives earlier at school.
4. Tomorrow we will have a flag hoisting ceremony.
5. My mother arrives from Jakarta this afternoon.
6. Linda wears a nice gown in her party.
7. My brother likes to wear a hat.
8. Mr. Karyo goes to work very early as usual.
9. The children go to school by bicycles.
10. My school is near the public health center.

M. Read the text you have written in Task L.


Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

1. ______ Fitri goes to school with her brother.


2. ______ Fitri goes to school on foot.
3. ______ Fitri and his brother have a flag hoisting ceremony on Monday.
4. ______ Fitri doesn’t wear a hat during the flag hoisting ceremony.
5. ______ Wearing a hat during the flag hoisting ceremony is a must.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. Fitri and her brother go to school by bicycle.
3. T
4. F. Fitri and her brother have to wear their hats during the flag hoisting ceremony. It means,
Fitri wears a hat.
5. T

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 183


Variasi:
Listen to your teacher’s questions.
Answer the questions based on the text in Task L.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


1. When do Fitri and her brother go to school earlier?
2. How do Fitri and her brother go to school?
3. What do they have to wear during the flag hoisting ceremony?
4. Why do Fitri and her brother go to school earlier?
5. Do you think Fitri and her brother are obedient students?

Jawaban:
1. They go to school earlier every Monday.
2. By bicycle.
3. A hat and a tie.
4. Because they will have a flag hoisting ceremony.
5. Yes, I do.

N. Listen to your teacher.


Complete the text based on what you have heard.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


Agus usually (1) gets up at five in the morning. He (2) takes a shower at five thirty.
He (3) has breakfast at five forty five. After that, he (4) goes to school at a quarter past six. He
goes early in the morning because his house is about three kilometers far from school. He goes
there by school bus. The lesson (5) starts at seven o’clock sharp.

Variasi:
Listen to your teacher.
Write down the sentences you have heard.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
1. A teacher is someone who teaches students at school.
2. A police officer is someone who protects people.
3. A typist is someone who types letters or documents.
4. A shop assistant is someone who helps buyers in a store.
5. A butcher is someone who sells meat.
6. A postman is someone who delivers mails.
7. A doctor is someone who examines people who are sick.
8. A fisherman is someone who catches fish for living.
9. A nurse is someone who takes care of sick people in hospital.
10. A waiter is someone who serves people in a restaurant.

184 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


O. Read the complete text in Task N.
Fill in the table based on the text.

Activities Time Schedule


Get up 5 a.m.
Take a shower 5:30 a.m.
Have breakfast 5:45 a.m.
Go to school 6:15 a.m.
Start the lesson 7 a.m.

Jawaban: B
P. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan dari
answer based on the text in Task N.
subjek di kalimat sebelumnya.
1. What is the text about? 4. When does Agus go to school?
A. Going to school. A. At 6 a.m.
B. Waking up in the morning. B. At 6:15 a.m.
C. Agus’ school. C. At 6:45 a.m.
D. Agus’ activities before going to school. D. At 7 a.m.
Jawaban: D Jawaban: B
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
teks tersebut berisi tentang kegiatan Agus sesuai dengan kalimat ”After that, he goes
dari bangun tidur sampai berangkat ke to school at a quarter past six.”.
sekolah.
5. “The lesson starts at seven o’clock sharp.”
2. When does Agus usually get up? The word ‘starts’ can be best replaced with
A. At 5 a.m. ________.
B. At 5:05 a.m. A. begins
C. At 5:15 a.m. B. ends
D. At 5:45 a.m. C. finishes
Jawaban: A D. stops
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena Jawaban: A
sesuai dengan kalimat pertama teks. Kata ’starts’ memiliki arti yang sama
3. “He takes a shower at five thirty.” dengan kata ’begins’, yaitu mulai.
What does the underlined word refer to?
A. Agus’ brother.
B. Agus.
C. Agus’ teacher.
D. Agus’ parents.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 185


3. A.
Q. Read the text aloud.
Listen to your teacher’s questions.
Choose A, B, C, or D for the correct
answer.

Hi, I am Jajat. Mr. Sanjaya is my father and


Mrs. Sania Sanjaya is my mother. My father is
a doctor. He works in a public hospital. It is at
Jalan Serayu number 2. My father works from B.
9 a.m. up to 5 p.m. He often works overtime. He
sometimes arrives home at 8 p.m. My mother is
a typist. She works in a public accountant office.
She types important documents. She works from
7:30 a.m. to 3:45 p.m. She usually arrives home
at 4:15 p.m.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan


guru: C.
1. Who is Jajat?
2. What is Mrs. Sania Sanjaya?
3. Where does Mr. Sanjaya work?
4. When does Mr. Sanjaya usually arrive
home?
5. When does Mrs. Sanjaya usually arrive
home?
D.
Soal-soal yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. A. Mr. Sanjaya’s brother.
B. Mr. Sanjaya’s neighbor.
C. Mr. Sanjaya’s son.
D. Mr. Sanjaya’s nephew.
Jawaban: C Jawaban: C
Pilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengan Dalam teks disebutkan bahwa Pak
kalimat kedua teks yang menyebutkan Sanjaya bekerja di sebuah rumah sakit,
bahwa Pak Sanjaya adalah ayahnya Jajat. maka gambar yang tepat adalah gambar
2. A. A typist. pada pilihan jawaban (C).
B A secretary.
C. A teacher.
D. A doctor.
Jawaban: A
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
sesuai dengan kalimat ”My mother is
a typist.”. Dalam teks disebutkan bahwa
Bu Sania adalah ibunya Jajat.

186 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


4. A. 5. A.

B.
B.

C.
C.

D.

D.

Jawaban: B
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
Jawaban: A
sesuai dengan kalimat kedelapan, ”He
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
sometimes arrives home at 8 p.m.”.
sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir teks.

Variasi:
Read the text in Task Q.
Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
1. ______ Mr. Sanjaya is Mrs. Sania Sanjaya’s husband.
2. ______ Mr. Sanjaya is a doctor in a private hospital.
3. ______ Mr. Sanjaya works about eight hours a day.
4. ______ Mr. Sanjaya is a hard worker.
5. ______ Mr. Sanjaya goes to work before 9 o’clock at night.
6. ______ Mrs. Sania Sanjaya works as a secretary in an accountant office.
7. ______ Mrs. Sania Sanjaya’s rarely works overtime.
8. ______ Mrs. Sania Sanjaya job is operating telephones.
9. ______ It takes more than an hour from Mrs. Sania Sanjaya’s office to her house.
10. ______ Mrs. Sania Sanjaya is a working woman.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 187


Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. Mr. Sanjaya is a doctor in a public hospital.
3. T
4. T
5. F. Mr. Sanjaya goes to work before 9 a.m. It is in the morning.
6. F. Mrs. Sania Sanjaya works as a typist.
7. T
8. F. Mrs. Sania Sanjaya types important documents.
9. F. Mrs. Sania Sanjaya’s finishes her work at 3:45 p.m. and she arrives home at 4:15 p.m.
It means it takes about half an hour from the office to her house.
10. T

A. Read the dialogs aloud.


Practice them with your friend.
1. Tata and Nila are waiting for Ari at Nila’s house. They are going to study together.
Tata : Nil, do you think Ari will not come?
Nila : Umm, . . . he will come in fifteen minutes.
Tata : How do you know?
Nila : Well, read this SMS. It’s from him.
Tata : (Reading SMS) Wait for me. I got a flat tire. I’ll get there in fifteen minutes.
Nila : See?
Tata : Hmm, . . . poor boy.
Nila : Let’s prepare the materials first.
Tata : O.K.
2. Dessy : Can I borrow your electronic dictionary, please?
Neni : Sure. It’s inside my bag. Help yourself.
Dessy : Thank you, Neni.
Neni : No big deal.
3. Sari : Do you have Miss Dyah’s phone number?
Haris : No, I don’t. But, Reny may have it.
Sari : I’ll ask her, then.
Haris : O.K. Sorry for not helping you.
Sari : No problem.
4. Mawar : Good morning, Ma’am.
Mrs. Wardoyo : Morning, Mawar. Could you do me a favor?
Mawar : My pleasure. What is it?
Mrs. Wardoyo : Can you bring me the dictionary on my desk, please?
Mawar : It won’t bother.
5. Dadang : Do you have one more pencil?
Hana : Yes. What’s up?
Dadang : Can I borrow it? I don’t bring any pencils today.
Hana : Help yourself.
Dadang : Thank you.
Hana : Don’t mention it.

188 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


B. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs in Task A orally.

Dialog 1
1. What is the dialog about?
Jawaban: About waiting for a friend who comes late.
2. What are Tata, Nila, and Ari going to do?
Jawaban: They are going to study together.
3. Why does Ari come late?
Jawaban: He gets a flat tire.
4. Which are the expressions of asking for information?
Jawaban: They are “Nila, do you think Ari will not come?” and “How do you know?”
5. Which are the expressions of giving information?
Jawaban: They are “Umm, . . . he will come here in fifteen minutes.” and “Well, read this
SMS. It’s from him.”
Dialog 2
1. What is the dialog about?
Jawaban: About borrowing a friend’s electronic dictionary.
2. Where’s Neni’s electronic dictionary?
Jawaban: Inside her bag.
3. Does Dessy take the electronic dictionary herself?
Jawaban: Yes, she does.
4. Does Dessy ask Neni’s permission to borrow the electronic dictionary politely?
Jawaban: Yes, she does.
5. What does Dessy say to ask Neni’s permission to borrow the dictionary?
Jawaban: She says, “Can I borrow your electronic dictionary, please?”
Dialog 3
1. What is the dialog about?
Jawaban: About asking for someone’s phone number.
2. Does Haris have Miss Dyah’s phone number?
Jawaban: No, he doesn’t.
3. Who has Miss Dyah’s phone number?
Jawaban: Rani does.
4. What expressions of asking for information can you find in the dialog?
Jawaban: It is “Do you have Miss Dyah’s phone number?”
5. How many expressions of giving information can you find in the dialog? What are they?
Jawaban: Two expressions; “No, I don’t.” and “But, Reny, may have it.”
Dialog 4
1. What is the dialog about?
Jawaban: About asking for someone’s help.
2. Does Mrs. Wardoyo ask for Mawar’s help politely?
Jawaban: Yes, she does.
3. Which expression shows Mrs. Wardoyo’s politeness?
Jawaban: It is “Could you do me a favor?”
4. Does Mawar want to help Mrs. Wardoyo?
Jawaban: Yes, she does.
5. Where is the dictionary?
Jawaban: On Mrs. Wardoyo’s desk.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 189


Dialog 5
1. What is the dialog about?
Jawaban: About borrowing someone’s thing.
2. Where do you think the dialog takes place?
Jawaban: In a classroom.
3. What is the relationship between the speakers?
Jawaban: They are friends.
4. Do you find the expressions of asking for or giving information? Mention them.
Jawaban: Yes, I do.
Expressions of asking for information: “Do you have one more pencil?” and “What’s up?”
Expressions of giving information: “Yes.”; “I don’t bring any pencils today.”
5. Do you find the expression of politeness? What are they?
Jawaban: Yes, I do. It is “Can I borrow it?”

C. Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs.


Practice the proper dialogs with your friend.

Percakapan-percakapan yang diacak dan jawaban:


Dialog 1
1 Mr. Adi : Renaldi, would you mention your complete name?
4 Renaldi : R–E–N–A–L–D–I and S–U–B–A–N–D–O–N–O.
3 Mr. Adi : How do you spell it?
6 Renaldi : You’re welcome, Sir.
5 Mr. Adi : Thank you, Renaldi.
2 Renaldi : Sure. Renaldi Subandono.

Dialog 2
1 Putra : Hello, Feb. Where have you been?
4 Febri : Yes. It’s at Jalan Pemuda number 5.
3 Putra : Is it around here?
2 Febri : I’ve been from my grandma’s house.

Dialog 3
Melati is at a bakery. She meets Miss Danti, her English teacher.
9 Melati : I can see it, Miss. You bring 10 blueberry doughnuts in your basket.
14 Miss Danti : That’s very kind of you.
11 Melati : Sure, what is it?
2 Miss Danti : Oh, hello. Are you Melati from Class VIIB?
3 Melati : You’re right, I’m Melati. But I’m from Class VIIC.
12 Miss Danti : Umm . . ., I can’t bring all of my stuff into my car myself. They’re quite a lot.
5 Melati : Never mind, Miss.
4 Miss Danti : I’m sorry, Melati.
13 Melati : Let me help you, then.
6 Miss Danti : Is it a blueberry doughnut in your hand?
7 Melati : Yes, Miss. This is my favorite.

190 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


8 Miss Danti : I do like it too.
1 Melati : Hello, Miss Danti.
10 Miss Danti : Well, Melati, could you please do me a favor?

Dialog 4
1 Titi : Anything I can help you, Ma’am?
6 Mrs. Hidayat : Yes. So . . ., I need a kilogram of eggs, a can of tomato soup and a can of
sardine.
5 Titi : Sure. Do you need it too?
2 Mrs. Hidayat : Yes, please. I need to buy a kilogram of eggs and a can of tomato soup.
3 Titi : Let me take them for you then.
4 Mrs. Hidayat : Thank you. Do you also have a can of sardine?

D. Find possessive adjectives in the dialogs in Task C.


Underline them.
Jawaban:
Dialog 1
Mr. Adi : Renaldi, would you mention your complete name?
Renaldi : Sure. Renaldi Subandono.
Mr. Adi : How do you spell it?
Renaldi : R–E–N–A–L–D–I and S–U–B–A–N–D–O–N–O.
Mr. Adi : Thank you, Renaldi.
Renaldi : You’re welcome, Sir.
Dialog 2
Putra : Hello, Feb. Where have you been?
Febri : I’ve been from my grandma’s house.
Putra : Is it around here?
Febri : Yes. It’s at Jalan Pemuda number 5.
Dialog 3
Melati is at a bakery. She meets Miss Danti, her English teacher.
Melati : Hello, Miss Danti.
Miss Danti : Oh, hello. Are you Melati from Class VIIB?
Melati : You’re right, I’m Melati. But I’m from Class VIIC.
Miss Danti : I’m sorry, Melati.
Melati : Never mind, Miss.
Miss Danti : Is it a blueberry doughnut in your hand?
Melati : Yes, Miss. This is my favorite.
Miss Danti : I do like it too.
Melati : I can see it, Miss. You bring 10 blueberry doughnuts in your basket.
Miss Danti : Well, Melati, could you please do me a favor?
Melati : Sure, what is it?
Miss Danti : Umm . . ., I can’t bring all of my stuff into my car myself. They’re quite a lot.
Melati : Let me help you, then.
Miss Danti : That’s very kind of you.
Dialog 4
There is no possessive adjective in the dialog.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 191


Variasi:
Listen to your teacher.
Write down the sentences you have heard in your book.
Underline the possessive adjectives.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan sekaligus jawaban:
1. Tina doesn’t bring an umbrella. Her umbrella is out of order.
2. I put a book on the table. My book is red in color.
3. My father asks me to get him his glasses.
4. The book looks interesting. I have read its summary.
5. Do you know that Mr. Bowo is our new English teacher?

E. Make five sentences using possessive adjectives.

Contoh jawaban:
1. I clean my bicycle before I go to school.
2. Can I borrow your raincoat?
3. We will visit our grandma this holiday.
4. Heru writes something on his book.
5. Kayla brings her little brother a story book.

F. Create dialogs based on the following clues.


Practice the dialogs in front of the class.

1. Student A Student B

Greets student B. Gives response to student A’s greeting.

Asks where students B will go. Answers student A’s question.

Asks student B’s favor to give States whether student B will grant student
a book to someone. A’s request.

Says thanks to student B. Gives response to student A’s gratitude.

2.
Student A Student B

Asks why student B looks so happy. Answers student A’s question.

Responds to student B’s explanation. Responds to student A’s statement.

Tells student B that you want to go to the Decides whether you will go to the canteen
canteen. Ask student B to come along. with student A or not.

192 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


Contoh jawaban:
1. Aan : Hi, Burhan.
Burhan : Hi, An.
Aan : Where are you heading?
Burhan : I’m going to the library.
Aan : Um . . ., Burhan, could you please help me?
Burhan : What can I do for you?
Aan : Please give this book to Dana, class VIID. It is the class next to the library.
Burhan : O.K.
Aan : Thanks a lot.
Burhan : Don’t mention it.
2. Ara : Hi, Boim. You look so happy. What’s up?
Boim : Of course I’m happy. I get the highest score for my English test.
Ara : Wow, great! No wonder. You’re a diligent student.
Boim : Thanks, Ara.
Ara : Um . . . by the way, I’m going to the canteen. Maybe you want to come along?
Boim : O.K. Let’s go there. Choose whatever you want. It’s on me.

G. In pairs, create dialogs based on the situations.


Practice the dialogs in front of the class.
1. You’re in a bookstore. You want to buy some notebooks, drawing books, a pencil and a pen.
The bookstore is big and you don’t know where to find all the stuffs you need. You ask a help
to a shop assistant.
2. You don’t know how to do your English homework. You think it’s difficult. You ask your sister to
help you. You ask her politely.
3. There will be a working bee at school. You’re the captain of your class. You need more
information about the activity. You go to your homeroom teacher to get some information
about that. Do it politely.
4. Your friend looks sad. You ask him/her what the matter is. You offer him/her a help. Your friend
thanks you. You give response to your friend’s gratitude.
Contoh jawaban:
1. You : Excuse me. I need to buy some notebooks, drawing books, a pencil and
a pen. Would you tell me where to find them?
Shop assistant : Sure. Just follow me.
You : O.K.
Shop assistant : Here you can find them all. Anything else?
You : No, thank you very much.
2. You : Sister, I have an English assignment, but I don’t understand how to do it. Would
you help me, please?
Your sister : No problem. Where is your assignment?
You : Here it is.
Your sister : Um . . . you should find some pictures of daily activities from any sources.
You : And then?
Your sister : Cut them out and stick them on a paper.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 193


3. You : Excuse me, Sir. May I come in?
Your teacher : Sure. Take a seat.
You : Thank you, Sir.
Your teacher : Anything I can help you?
You : Yes, Sir. It’s about the working bee.
Your teacher : What do you want to know?
You : I need to know when exactly it will be held and what we should bring.
Your teacher : Tomorrow at thirty past seven. You can bring any cleaning tools.
You : O.K., Sir. Thank you very much.
Your teacher : You’re welcome.
4. You : You look so sad. What’s wrong?
Your friend : I lost my wallet. I don’t have any money.
You : Poor you. But don’t worry. You can use mine.
Your friend : Really? Thank you so much. That’s very kind of you.
You : Anytime.

H. Draw pointers on the pictures of a clock based on the dialogs.


Practice the dialogs with a friend.

Percakapan-percakapan soal dan jawaban:


1. A : What time do you usually wake up on Sundays?
B : At four thirty in the morning.

2. A : When does Sherly usually have her breakfast?


B : At a quarter past six in the morning.

3. A : What time does Tata open her candy store?


B : At nine o’clock in the morning.

4. A : When does your mother go to work?


B : At seven o’clock in the morning.

194 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


5. A : What time do you often watch television?
B : At three o’clock in the afternoon.

6. A : When do you have an English course?


B : At half past one on Saturday.

7. A : What time does the lesson start?


B : At a quarter to seven in the morning.

8. A : When does Dewi go to bed at night?


B : At nine o’clock.

9. A : What time does Ivan study in the evening?


B : At half past six.

10. A : When does Hery join boyscouts?


B : On Friday, at half past three in the afternoon.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 195


I. Rearrange the jumbled words to make correct sentences.
Read your work aloud.

1. Sita–wakes up–always–in–5–at–the morning–o’clock.


2. Dadang–at–5–the morning–o’clock–wakes up–in.
3. Rini–do–the–morning prayers–together–and–Rina.
4. Dedi–takes–usually–a shower–6 a.m.–at.
5. have–we–together–breakfast.
6. Dila–to–goes–school–bike–by.
7. Okta–home–goes–2 p.m.–at.
8. I–go–rarely–to–school–foot–on.
9. my mother–always–me–pick–up–1:30 p.m.–at.
10. Santi–like–doesn’t–fish–salty.
Jawaban:
1. Sita always wakes up at 5 o’clock in the morning.
2. Dadang wakes up at 5 o’clock in the morning.
3. Rini and Rina do the morning prayers together.
4. Dedy usually takes a shower at 6 a.m.
5. We have breakfast together.
6. Dila goes to school by bike.
7. Okta goes home at 2 p.m.
8. I rarely go to school on foot.
9. My mother always picks me up at 1:30 p.m.
10. Santi doesn’t like salty fish.

Variasi:
Guru dapat menambahkan soal-soal sebagai berikut.
1. doesn’t–Banu–have–a–bag–big.
2. Rani–breakfast–doesn’t–usually–have.
3. you–do–have–a–pen?
4. you–are–from–student–Class VIIE–?
5. Lina–is–student–new–a–?
Jawaban:
1. Banu doesn’t have a big bag.
2. Rani usually doesn’t have breakfast.
3. Do you have a pen?
4. Are you student from Class VIIE?
5. Is Lina a new student?

J. Do the activities.

1. Work in pairs.
2. Ask your friend’s daily activities. Use the expressions of asking for information.
3. Ask the time when your friends do their daily activities.
4. Write down the information you get.
5. Tell the information in front of the class (at least five sentences).
Contoh jawaban:
Nia is one of my classmates. She usually wakes up at five o’clock in the morning. After that,
she does the morning prayer. She washes herself at about a quarter past five. She always has
breakfast at six o’clock. She goes to school at half past six. Well, that’s all about Nia.

196 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


K. What pictures are they?
Tell your friends.
Number one has been done for you.

1 2 3

Ms. Aprilia Mr. Damar Mr. Djatmika


This is Ms. Aprilia. She is
a doctor. She works in
a public health center.

4 5

Mr. Aji Mrs. Hartadi

Contoh jawaban:
2. This is Mr. Damar. He is a fisherman. He catches fish at sea.
3. This is Mr. Djatmika. He is a farmer. He works in the rice field.
4. This is Mr. Aji. He is a teacher. He works at school.
5. This is Mrs. Hartadi. She is a florist. She runs a flower shop.

L. Fill in the table with your activities before going to school.


Make a paragraph based on it.
Tell your friends about it.

Tabel yang dikerjakan siswa dan contoh jawaban:

No. Activities Time

1. Get up. 5 a.m.


2. Do the morning prayers. 5:10 a.m.
3. Take a shower and dress up. 5:30 a.m.
4. Have breakfast and other activities. 6 a.m.
5. Go to school. 6:15 a.m.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 197


Contoh jawaban:
I usually get up at 5 a.m. After that, I do the morning prayers at 5:10 a.m. Then, I take
a shower and dress up at 5:30 a.m. I have breakfast and other activities at 6 a.m. When I’m ready,
I go to school at 6:15 a.m. I usually go to school by bus.

4.2 Short Functional Texts: Spoken Notices and Letters

Spoken Text

Read the sentences and understand the explanation.

Keep the board clean


after you use it.

All right, Ma’am.

The teacher says, “Keep the board clean after you use it.” to her student. The expression
is a spoken notice. You use it to ask someone to do or not to do something. It is usually
short and easy to understand.

198 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


Written Text

Read the text and understand the explanation.

Jakarta, April 4, 2009

Dear Putri,
How are you, Put? I hope you and your family are fine. I want to thank you for the
cooking book you’ve sent. It is really a useful book. You know, my favorite recipes are
there. I love it.
Thanks again. Have a great time!
Love,
Diah

The text above is a letter. It is a written message sent to somebody. There are three
main parts in a letter. They are opening, content and closing. Don’t forget to write the
place, date, month and year on the top right corner of your letter. It is also necessary to
give your complimentary closing such as love, best wishes, regards, sincerely,
trustworthy, yours, etc. and add your name under the complimentary closing.

Answer the following questions.

1. Do you often hear spoken notices?


Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.
2. Where do you usually hear spoken notices?
Jawaban: At school, at mall, at the bus stop.
3. What spoken notices do you hear lately?
Contoh jawaban: They are “Don’t make noise!” and “Queue in line.”

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 199


A. Listen to your teacher.
Match what you have heard with the suitable sentences.

Notice yang dibacakan oleh guru:


1. Obey the school rules.
2. Don’t skip school.
3. Don’t litter.
4. Look out! Wet paint!
5. Don’t cheat.

Gambar-gambar soal dan jawaban:

3 Don’t litter.
5 Don’t cheat.

4 Look out!
Wet paint!
1 Obey the
school rules.

2 Don’t skip school.

B. Listen to your teacher.


Write down the sentences you have heard.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


1. Be quiet.
2. Study hard.
3. Keep off the grass.
4. Keep your environment clean.
5. Wear a helmet when you ride a motor cycle.

C. Listen to your teacher.


Where do you probably hear the spoken notices you have heard?

Jawaban:
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru:
1. In the office.
1. Staff only.
2. In a supermarket or a shop.
2. For sale.
3. At school.
3. Examination in progress.
4. In a public place, like an airport.
4. Don’t smoke.
5. At school.
5. Don’t disturb.

200 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


A. Create spoken notices based on the situations.
Tell them in front of the class.

1. Your friend is at your house. He/she reads several books from the shelf. After reading it, he/
she doesn’t put the books back on the shelf. He/she messes your room.
2. You do your homework. Your little brother disturbs you.
3. The street is so crowded. There is a sign that forbids people to cross. One of your friends
doesn’t care about the sign. He/she wants to cross the crowded street.
4. You’re having a study hour in a factory. Someone tells you not to enter a certain room. Some
of your friends don’t know about that.
5. You see some students litter. Your teacher asks you to tell them not to do that.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Put the books back on the shelf, please.
2. Please, don’t disturb. I want to study.
3. It’s crowded. Don’t cross!
4. Don’t enter! It’s a restricted area.
5. Don’t litter, please.

B. Read the spoken notices with proper pronunciation.


Tell your friends what they are about.

1. Don’t give a lift to a stranger.


2. Wear a helmet for your safety.
3. It’s a dangerous area. Please, stay away.
4. Don’t feed the animals, please.
5. Turn off your phone cell when you fill in the gas, please.
Jawaban:
1. The notice asks us not to give a lift to a stranger.
2. The notice asks us to wear a helmet for our safety.
3. The notice asks us to stay away from the dangerous area.
4. The notice asks us not to feed the animals.
5. The notice asks us to turn off our phone cell when we fill in the gas.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 201


A. Read the letter with proper pronunciation and intonation.

Dear Tari,
How are you doing? I hope you’re just fine as I am here. Tari, I really miss you. I want to
know how your life is. Is it the same as before?
Tari, I think that’s all for now. I’m looking forward to your reply.
Best wishes,

Lani

B. Answer the questions based on the letter in Task A.

1. Who is the sender of the letter?


Jawaban: Lani is.
2. Who receives the letter?
Jawaban: Tari does.
3. What is the letter about?
Jawaban: About Lani who misses Tari and wants to know how her life is.
4. What is the relationship between Tari and Lani?
Jawaban: They’re best friends.
5. What does Lani feel about Tari?
Jawaban: She misses her.

C. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Dear Lani,
I’m really fine here. It’s like what you wish for. I have a new best friend here. Her name is
Sita. At first, I was really surprised to know that she looks like you. Now, I feel really happy. Sita
is not only similar to you physically. She behaves like you.
Lani, about my life, it’s a little bit different at first. I feel that I’m alone. I know no one to
share with. But, then I know that people here are as kind as people there.
My school is only 20 meters far from my house. I usually go there on foot. It takes about
five to ten minutes.
Lani, I think that’s enough for now. I wish we still keep in touch.
Best regard,
Tari

202 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


1. What is the letter about? Jawaban: B
A. Lani’s school. Pilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengan isi
B. Sita’s friend. surat yang menyebutkan bahwa Tari
C. Tari’s life in a new place. mempunyai teman baru yang mirip dengan
D. Lani’s friend. Lani yang bernama Sita.
Jawaban: C
4. How are Tari’s neighbors?
Pilihan jawaban (C) benar karena sesuai
A. Unkind.
dengan isi surat yang menceritakan
B. Arrogant.
kehidupan Tari di tempat yang baru.
C. Cruel.
2. How is Tari when she writes the letter? D. Kind.
A. She’s fine. Jawaban: D
B. She’s lonely. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
C. She’s surprised. sesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . . people here
D. She’s sad. are as kind as people there.”.
Jawaban: A
5. How far is Tari’s house from school?
Pilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengan
A. 20 m.
kalimat ”I’m really fine here . . . .”.
B. Less than 20 m.
3. Who is Sita? C. More than 20 m.
A. Tari’s sister. D. 15 m.
B. Tari’s new friend. Jawaban: A
C. Lani’s new friend. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
D. Lani’s sister. sesuai dengan kalimat ”My school is only
20 meters far from my house.”.

Write a letter to your friend.


Tell about your daily activities.

Contoh jawaban:

Dear Jennifer,
How are you doing? I’m fine here. In your previous letter, you ask about my daily activities
here, right? Well, I’ll let you know about that.
I usually get up at 5 a.m. Maybe it’s too early for you. I wake up at that time to do the
morning prayer. It takes about ten minutes. After that, I wash myself at about 5:15 a.m.
I know that it’s common in your country to wash body using a shower. But, in my country,
people often wash themselves by pouring water from a water container which sizes as big as
a small bathtub using a dipper. When I wash myself, my mother prepares our breakfast.
At about 5:45 a.m., after I have dressed, I have breakfast with my family. I go to school at
6:10 a.m. In my place, schools start at 6:30 a.m. Do you think it’s too early? What about yours?
Jennifer, I think that’s all for now. Reply soon. I’m waiting for your letter.
Sincerely yours,

Utami

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 203


Go around your neigborhood. Ask your neighbors about their professions. Get as many
data as possible. Write the result of your interview on a piece of paper. Tell your friends
about it.

Read and memorize the words. fare : ongkos


Use them whenever you speak English. favor : bantuan
feed : memberi makan
after school : sepulang sekolah give a lift : memberikan tumpangan
break : istirahat help yourself : silahkan ambil sendiri
broke : bangkrut keep off : menjauh
come along : turut serta litter : membuang sampah
crowd : penuh, berjubel, orang mess : berantakan
banyak obey : mematuhi
daily routine : kegiatan sehari-hari politely : secara sopan
disturb : mengganggu prayers : sembahyang/doa
drawing book : buku gambar public library : perpustakaan umum
dress up : berbenah diri recipes : resep masakan
skip school : membolos sekolah

204 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct 3. “Excuse me, may I ask . . . .?”
answer. What does the word ‘I’ refers to?
A. Mr. Tanto.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 5. B. Mr. Tanto’s friend.
C. Yuni.
Yuni : Excuse me, may I ask about the D. Yuni’s friend.
spelling bee contest? Jawaban: C
Mr. Tanto : Why not? What do you want to Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
know? kalimat tersebut diucapkan oleh Yuni.
Yuni : The place and the time of the
contest. 4. Where will the contest be held?
Mr. Tanto : Well, it will be held in our school’s A. In the town hall.
hall. As I know, it will be in B. In the town park.
February. C. In the mall.
Yuni : What about the date? D. At Yuni’s school.
Mr. Tanto : Sorry, I don’t know exactly about Jawaban: D
that. Maybe 15th or so. Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan dari
Yuni : Thank you very much, Sir. kalimat ”Well, it will be held in our school’s
Mr. Tanto : You’re welcome. hall.”.

1. What is the dialog about? 5. When will the contest be held?


A. Yuni’s school. A. In February.
B. A spelling bee contest. B. In March.
C. Yuni’s teacher. C. In April.
D. Mr. Tanto’s student. D. In May.
Jawaban: B Jawaban: A
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan dari
sesuai dengan isi percakapan yang kalimat ”As I know, it will be in February.”.
menyebutkan bahwa Yuni bertanya Read the text and answer questions 6 to 10.
kepada gurunya, Pak Tanto, tentang
tempat dan waktu perlombaan mengeja My Father
yang bernama spelling bee. My father is a teacher. He teaches math in
2. What is the relationship between the SMP Merdeka 1. He goes to school by
speakers? motorcycle at about six o’clock in the morning.
A. Student and teacher. He starts working at seven o’clock. He always
B. Two friends. wears a helmet whenever he rides his
C. Father and his daughter. motorcycle. He usually arrives home at half
D. Sister and brother. past one in the afternoon. It takes half an hour
Jawaban: A from home to SMP Merdeka 1.
Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan dari 6. Where does the writer’s father work?
kalimat yang diucapkan Pak Tanto, yaitu A. In an office.
”Well, it will be held in our school’s hall.”. B. In a zoo.
Jadi, hubungan yang tepat antara kedua C. In SMP Merdeka 1.
orang tersebut adalah siswa dan guru D. In a bank.
(Student and teacher). Selain itu, Yuni
memanggil Pak Tanto dengan sebutan
’Sir’ yang artinya ’Pak’.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 205


Jawaban: C 11. My brother usually helps me do ________
Pilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengan homework.
kalimat ”He teaches math in SMP Merdeka A. my
1.”. B. his
C. her
7. The writer’s father starts working at
D. our
________.
Jawaban: A
A. 1:30 p.m.
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
B. 2:30 p.m.
merupakan possessive adjective dari
C. 6 a.m.
objek kalimat berupa orang pertama
D. 7 a.m.
tunggal, yaitu ’me’.
Jawaban: D
Pilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengan 12. Why don’t you use ________ own eraser?
kalimat ”He starts working at seven It’s in your pencil case.
o’clock.”. A. her
B. your
8. How does the writer’s father go to school?
C. their
A. On foot.
D. my
B. By bus.
Jawaban: B
C. By bicycle.
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
D. By motorcycle.
merupakan possessive adjective dari
Jawaban: D
subjek kalimat berupa orang kedua
Pilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengan
tunggal, yaitu ’you’.
kalimat ”He goes to school by motorcycle
at about six o’clock.”. 13. I usually have ________ breakfast at
6:15 a.m.
9. “He usually arrives home . . . .”
A. his
What is the synonym of the underlined
B. her
words?
C. my
A. Road.
D. our
B. School.
Jawaban: C
C. Hotel.
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
D. House.
merupakan possessive adjective dari
Jawaban: D
subjek kalimat berupa orang pertama
Pilihan jawaban tersebut tepat karena
tunggal, yaitu ’I’.
memiliki arti yang sama. House dan home
artinya rumah. 14. Tina doesn’t bring ________ pen. She
borrows one of my pens.
10. “He teaches math in SMP Merdeka 1.”
A. my
What does the underlined word refer to?
B. their
A. The writer’s teacher.
C. his
B. The writer’s mother.
D. her
C. The writer’s father.
Jawaban: D
D. The writer.
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
Jawaban: C
merupakan possessive adjective dari
Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan dari
subjek kalimat berupa orang ketiga
kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu, ”My father is
tunggal perempuan, yaitu ’Tina’.
a teacher.”.

206 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


15. It’s cold outside. So, Bambang wears Jawaban: C
________ thick jacket. Adverb of times yang sesuai untuk mengisi
A. my kalimat tersebut adalah always karena di
B. his kalimat tersebut menyebutkan keterangan
C. her waktu every day (tiap hari).
D. our
20. Ratno doesn’t like hamburger. He
Jawaban: B
________ enjoys eating it.
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
A. always
merupakan possessive adjective dari
B. never
subjek kalimat berupa orang ketiga tunggal
C. often
laki-laki, yaitu ’Bambang’.
D. usually
16. Rina and Rani ride ________ bicycles. Jawaban: B
They bought them two days ago. Adverb of times yang sesuai untuk mengisi
A. their kalimat tersebut adalah never karena di
B. his kalimat pertama menyebutkan bahwa
C. our Ratno tidak menyukai hamburger. Jika
D. your seseorang tidak menyukai sesuatu hal, dia
Jawaban: A tidak akan pernah merasa menikmati hal
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena tersebut.
merupakan possessive adjective dari
subjek kalimat berupa orang ketiga jamak, B. Read the text and answer the
yaitu Rina and Rani. questions.
17. My friends and I always keep ________
My name is Deddy Iswardi Suryaningrat.
class clean.
I study in SMP Negeri 1 Mandiraja. It is in
A. our B. their
Banjarnegara. I go to school by bus. It takes
C. his D. her
about 15 minutes by bus. I go to school at
Jawaban: A
about a quarter past six after saying goodbye to
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
my parents. Before going to school, I always
merupakan possessive adjective dari
have my breakfast. It gives me energy.
subjek kalimat ’My friends and I’.
18. My cat likes to lick ________ fur. Questions:
A. your 1. What does Deddy Iswardi Suryaningrat do?
B. her Jawaban: He is a student of SMP Negeri
C. his 1 Mandiraja.
D. its 2. How does Deddy go to school?
Jawaban: D Jawaban: By bus.
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
3. “It takes about 15 minutes by bus.”
merupakan possessive adjective dari
What does the underlined word refer to?
subjek kalimat, yaitu ’My cat’ yang bukan
Jawaban: Going to school.
merupakan orang.
4. What time does Deddy arrive at school?
19. I make my bed every day. I ________ keep Jawaban: Half past six.
it neat.
5. What does Deddy usually do before going
A. rarely
to school?
B. often
Jawaban: Having breakfast and saying
C. always
goodbye to his parents.
D. seldom

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 207


C. Write your daily activities after school At about half past three, I watch TV and
until you go to bed. spend my time with my family until six o’clock in
the evening. After that, I have dinner with my
Contoh jawaban: family until a quarter to seven. Then, I study
After school, I usually arrive home at one from seven o’clock to nine o’clock. Finally, I go
o’clock in the afternoon. Then, I have lunch to bed at about nine o’clock or so.
and take a nap for around two hours. I wake up
at three o’clock. After that, I take a shower for
about ten minutes. After that, I dress up.
It takes about fifteen minutes.

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 4:


● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi pada Unit 4. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model.
Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.
● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.
● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.
● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.
● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru.
● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru.
● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

208 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct A. 4–3–1–7–8–2–5–6
answer. B. 4–3–7–8–2–1–5–6
C. 4–8–3–1–2–7–5–6
For questions 1 to 4, choose the correct D. 4–8–3–1–7–2–5–6
words to complete the text. Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

Elephants are the largest mammals in 7.


Use the hand dryer.
the world. When they (1) ________ up, the
hair becomes sparser. Although they
(2) ________ huge bodies and great power,
their movements are smooth and gentle.
The baby elephant is usually about one
meter high and weighs about one hundred
kilograms.
A female elephant (3) ________ her What does the woman mean?
unborn young for about 20 to 22 months. A. We don’t have to dry our hands.
Newly born elephants usually (4) ________ B. We can’t use our hand to dry something.
thick hair all over their bodies. Adult C. We should use the dryer to dry our
elephants have almost no hair. hands.
Adapted from: Ujian Nasional 2007/2008 D. We should use our hand to dry
something.
1. A. grows B. is growing
8. Mr. Yanto : Who are the people over there?
C. grow D. grown
Miss Dini : They are fire fighters. They
2. A. has B. have extinguish fire in Mrs. Darto’s
C. is having D. had house.
3. A. carry B. carried The underlined word is similar to
C. is carrying D. carries ________.
A. put out B. put off
4. A. have B. has C. put on D. put in
C. is having D. had
Read the text and answer questions 9 to 13.
5. a better–keep–life–always–clean–for–
1 2 3 4 5 6

our–environment Dear Aunt Tia,


7 8 Aunty, I have some news for you. Next
A. 2–4–5–6–1–3–7–8 month, I will join an English writing
B. 4–2–5–7–8–6–1–3 contest. My parents send me to a famous
C. 2–5–7–8–4–6–1–3 English course in my town for preparation.
D. 4–5–7–8–6–2–1–3 Aunty, would you pray for my success?
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008 I hope you would do it for me.
6. little–up–your–please–at–school– Well, that’s all for now. Looking
1 2 3 4 5 6 forward to having your news.
brother–pick Love,
7 8
Debby
Adapted from: Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 209


9. What is the purpose of the text? C.
A. To join a competition.
B. To inform some news.
C. To prepare for joining a competition.
D. To send someone to a famous English
course.
10. “Aunty, I have some news for you.”
What does the word ‘I’ refer to?
A. Aunt Tia. B. Debby. D.
C. Debby’s aunt. D. Tia.
11. “Aunty, would you pray for my success?”
The antonym of the underlined word is
________.
A. triumph
B. acomplishment
C. achievement No entry.
15.
D. failure
12. Joko is a gas pump attendant. He works in
a/an ________.
A. gas station
B. airport
C. railway station
D. bus station
13. Mr. Jupri is a tailor. He is ________. What does the girl mean?
A. a dress maker A. We are not allowed to get out of the
B. a fishmonger place.
C. a match maker B. We are not allowed to get in the place.
D. a trouble maker C. We are not allowed to walk near the
place.
14. Miss Nadia is a teacher. She works at D. We are not allowed to put something
________. in the place.

A. For questions 16 to 20, choose the correct


words to complete the text.
My Mother
My mother is a (16) ________. She wears
a white uniform. She works in a maternity
(17) ________. She (18) ________ at about six
hours a day. She sometimes (19) ________ to
work at night, but sometimes she goes to work
B. in the morning. In a week, she only
(20) ________ a day off.
16. A. teacher B. taylor
C. farmer D. nurse
17. A. bank B. rice field
C. school D. hospital

210 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


18. A. worked A.
B. works
C. has worked
D. is working
19. A. is going
B. went
C. goes
D. has gone B.
20. A. has
B. have had
C. is having
D. had
21. Lista : Wati, ________ do you live?
Wati : I live at Jalan Seruni number 23.
A. who C.
B. when
C. what
D. where
22. Sulis : ________ do you go to school?
Tia : On foot.
A. Where
B. When D.
C. How
D. What
23. Ardi : ________, Sir. May I go to
the toilet for a while?
Mr. Budiono : O.K.
A. Excuse me
26. Mela : When will we go to the bookstore?
B. Yes
Susi : After school at a quarter past one.
C. I want to go out
D. You may go out A.
24. Hadi : Do you have some coins?
Siska : ________. Do you need some?
Hadi : May I?
Siska : Why not?
A. No, you can’t.
B. Yes, I do.
C. Absolutely not. B.
D. I don’t think so.
25. Rama : Do you usually take a nap in the
afternoon?
Lala : Yes. I usually do it at half past two.
Lala usually takes a nap at ________.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 211


C. B. Complete the sentences with the
proper words in brackets.

1. I ________ (not, want) to go to the mall


today because it is raining.
2. I can’t buy that novel. It ________ (cost)
too much.
D.
3. Miss Linda ________ (often, tutor) other
students in her English class.
4. I ________ (not, have) an umbrella. I wear
a raincoat.
5. Nayla ________ (wash) her hair every two
days.
27. Tara : Look! ________ T-shirt is so dirty. 6. Every morning, the sun shines in my
You need to wash it. bedroom window and ________ (wake)
Rita : You’re right. I don’t realize that. me up.
A. My
7. Burhan is a student, but he ________ (not,
B. Your
go) to school now because it is holiday.
C. Her
8. Yuli and Ani to ________ (usually, sit) in
D. Our
the front row during class.
28. Renaldi : Nice dress! 9. ________ (Do) you always ________
Tiara : Thanks. This dress is from (have) breakfast before you go to school?
________ sister.
10. I ________ for two hours every night.
A. I B. mine
C. me D. my
C. Write at least five sentences about
29. Kaka : ________ parents will have their your father’s or mother’s profession.
wedding anniversary tomorrow.
Kiki : Let’s give them something special.
A. we B. our
C. them D. they
30. Sari has a doll. She really loves ________
doll.
A. her B. his
C. my D. our

212 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


Jawaban Review Unit 4 10. B. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar yang
disimpulkan dari nama penulis surat,
A. Pilihan Ganda yaitu Debby.
1. C. Kalimat-kalimat dalam paragraf 11. D. Lawan dari kata ’success’ yang
tersebut menggunakan the simple artinya ’keberhasilan’ adalah failure
present tense. Karena subjek berupa yang artinya kegagalan.
orang ketiga jamak, kata kerja yang 12. A. Joko adalah seorang petugas pengisi
benar untuk melengkapi kalimat soal bahan bakar, maka dia bekerja di
adalah ’grow’. SPBU (gas station).
2. B. Subjek kalimat soal berupa orang 13. A. Tailor artinya penjahit. Pilihan
ketiga jamak, maka kata kerja yang jawaban (A) benar karena seorang
benar untuk melengkapi kalimat itu penjahit adalah seorang pembuat
adalah ’have’. baju.
3. D. Subjek kalimat berupa kata benda 14. C. Bu Nadia adalah seorang guru.
tunggal, maka kata kerja yang benar Gambar pada pilihan jawaban (C)
untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah benar karena menunjukkan gambar
’carries’. sekolah.
4. A. Subjek kalimat berupa kata benda
15. B. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar
jamak, maka kata kerja yang benar
karena sesuai dengan arti ’no entry’,
untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah
yaitu dilarang masuk.
’have’.
16. D. Pada kalimat kedua terdapat kata
5. B. Susunan kata-kata tersebut supaya
’maternity’ yang berkaitan dengan ibu
sesuai dengan konteks dan bermakna
melahirkan dan seragam yang
adalah ”Always keep clean our
berwarna putih. Pilihan jawaban (D)
environment for a better life.”.
benar karena ’nurse’ yang artinya
6. D. Susunan kata-kata tersebut supaya perawat berhubungan dengan ibu
sesuai dengan konteks dan bermakna melahirkan dan memakai seragam
adalah ”Please pick your little brother putih.
up at school.”.
17. D. Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan
7. C. Pilihan jawaban yang artinya dari kalimat sebelumnya. Seorang
sebaiknya menggunakan pengering perawat tentu saja bekerja di rumah
untuk mengeringkan tangan kita sakit (hospital).
benar karena memiliki arti yang sama
18. B. Pilihan jawaban yang artinya bekerja
dengan kalimat yang diucapkan oleh
tersebut benar karena kalimat
perempuan dalam gambar.
tersebut menggunakan bentuk the
8. A. Kata ’extinguish’ dan ’put out’ memiliki simple present tense dengan subjek
arti yang sama, yaitu memadamkan. tunggal perempuan.
9. B. Tujuan penulisan teks tersebut adalah 19. C. Pilihan jawaban yang artinya
untuk menginformasikan berita, berangkat tersebut benar karena
antara lain Deby yang akan mengikuti kalimat tersebut menggunakan bentuk
lomba menulis bahasa Inggris dan the simple present tense dengan
ikut kursus bahasa Inggris. subjek tunggal perempuan.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 213


20. A. Pilihan jawaban yang artinya 28. D. Karena membicarakan kepemilikan
mempunyai tersebut benar karena orang pertama tunggal (pembicara/I),
kalimat tersebut menggunakan bentuk possessive adjective yang benar
the simple present tense dengan adalah my.
subjek tunggal perempuan. 29. B. Karena membicarakan kepemilikan
21. D. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena orang pertama jamak, maka
sesuai konteks dan merupakan digunakan kata ’our’.
Wh-questions yang digunakan untuk 30. A. Karena membicarakan kepemilikan
menanyakan tempat. orang kedua perempuan tunggal,
22. C. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena maka digunakan kata ’her’.
sesuai konteks dan merupakan
Wh-questions yang digunakan untuk B. Isian
menanyakan cara. 1. don’t want
23. A. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena 2. costs
sesuai konteks dan merupakan 3. often tutors
ungkapan kesopanan, yang artinya 4. don’t have
”Permisi, Pak.”. 5. washes
6. wakes
24. B. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
7. doesn’t go
sesuai konteks yang disimpulkan dari
8. usually sit
kalimat sesudahnya yang bermaksud
9. Do, have
menawarkan uang kepada Hadi.
10. study
25. A. Half past two artinya pukul 2 lebih 30
menit. C. Uraian
26. C. A quarter past one artinya pukul My father is a manager. He gets up at
1 lebih 15 menit. 4:30 a.m. in the morning. After that, he takes
27. B. Karena membicarakan kepemilikan a shower. He has breakfast at 7 o’clock.
orang kedua tunggal (lawan He usually goes to work at 7:30 a.m. He drive
pembicara/you), possessive adjective his car. He usually arrives at the office at
yang benar adalah your. 7:45 a.m. He begins his work at 8 a.m.

214 UNIT 4 What do You Do?


A. On the street.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
B. At the airport.
C. In a hospital.
1.
Keep the Park Clean D. In a housing complex.
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
Jawaban: D
What does the notice mean? Notice tersebut berarti bahwa hanya para
A. Do not be noisy in the park. penghuni yang boleh lewat jalan itu. Notice
B. Do not play in the park. tersebut dapat kita jumpai di kompleks
C. Do not throw rubbish in the park. perumahan (in a housing complex). Pilihan
D. Do not run in the park. jawaban (A) artinya di jalan, (B) artinya di
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
bandara, dan (C) artinya di rumah sakit.
Jawaban: C
Kalimat ”Keep the Park Clean” mempunyai Read the text and answer questions 4 and 5.
arti ”Jagalah kebersihan taman ini.”. Itu
berarti kita dilarang membuang sampah di Dear Diana,
taman (do not throw rubbish in the park).
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya jangan berisik On this special occasion, I would like to say:
di taman, (B) artinya jangan bermain HAPPY 13th BIRTHDAY TO YOU
di taman, dan (D) artinya jangan berlarian Wish you the best and may your wishes
di taman. come true
2. Read this notice.
Your beloved friend,
Personnel only Lina

All people, except the staff, are not allowed


to ________ the room.
A. clean 4. What does the text tell you about?
B. enter A. Lina expresses her gratitude to Diana.
C. exit B. Lina expresses her apology to Diana.
D. sleep C. Lina congratulates Diana for her 13th
Jawaban: B birthday.
Notice tersebut berarti bahwa hanya para D. Lina compliments Diana.
karyawan atau pegawai yang boleh Jawaban: C
masuk. Dengan kata lain, semua orang, Kartu ucapan yang ditulis oleh Lina
kecuali para pegawai, dilarang masuk (are tersebut berisi ucapan selamat ulang
not allowed to enter). Pilihan jawaban (A) tahun yang ke-13 untuk Diana (Lina
artinya membersihkan, (C) artinya keluar, congratulates Diana for her 13th birthday).
dan (D) artinya tidur. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya Lina
mengungkapkan terima kasihnya kepada
3. Where can you find the following notice?
Diana, (B) artinya Lina mengungkapkan
permintaan maaf kepada Diana, dan
ACCESS FOR (D) artinya Lina memuji Diana.
RESIDENTS ONLY

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 215


5. Diana was born in ________. Jawaban: D
A. 1996 B. 1997 Kata ’regret’ artinya ’menyesal’. Kata
C. 1998 D. 1999 tersebut mempunyai makna yang sama
Jawaban: A dengan kata ’be sorry’ yang artinya juga
Dalam kartu ucapan tersebut terdapat menyesal. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya
kalimat ”Happy 13th Birthday to You”. Itu khawatir, (B) artinya ketakutan, dan
berarti Diana berulang tahun yang ke-13. (C) artinya bingung.
Dengan demikian, Diana lahir pada tahun
1996 (2009 – 13 = 1996). Pilihan jawaban Read the text and answer questions 8 to 10.
yang lain salah karena bukan tahun Diana
lahir. To Linda, my ever best friend,
Read the text and answer questions 6 and 7. It’s an honor that you have invited me
to your family’s special moment. Thank you
very much. Gladly, I will come.
To: Siska Please send my warmest regards to all
of your family.
I regret for what I have
done to you. Believe me, Sincerely,
I didn’t do it on purpose. Tanti
I hope you forgive me and
we can be friends again.
Your friend,
8. What is the text about?
Nindi
A. Tanti expresses her gratitude to Linda.
B. Tanti apologizes for a mistake.
C. Tanti asks Linda’s permission to do
6. What is the purpose of the text? something.
A. To invite someone. D. Tanti offers help to someone.
B. To express gratitude. Jawaban: A
C. To ask for an apology. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Thank
D. To ask for information. you very much.” yang artinya ”Terima kasih
Jawaban: C banyak.”. Jadi, isi teks tersebut adalah
Tujuan teks tersebut disimpulkan dari Tanti mengucapkan terima kasih kepada
kalimat awal teks, yaitu ”I regret for what Linda (Tanti expresses her gratitude
I have done to you.” yang artinya ”Aku to Linda) karena telah diundang ke acara
menyesal atas apa yang telah aku lakukan spesial keluarga Linda (kalimat ”It’s an
kepadamu.”, dan kalimat akhir, yaitu honor that you have invited me to your
”I hope you forgive me . . . .” yang artinya family’s special moment.”). Pilihan jawaban
”Aku berharap kamu memaafkanku . . . .”. (B) artinya Tanti meminta maaf atas
Jadi, tujuan teks tersebut adalah untuk kesalahannya, (C) artinya Tanti meminta
meminta maaf (to ask for an apology). izin untuk melakukan sesuatu, dan
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya untuk (D) artinya Tanti menawarkan bantuan
mengundang seseorang, (B) artinya untuk kepada seseorang.
mengungkapkan rasa terima kasih, dan
9. Who sends the card?
(D) artinya untuk meminta informasi.
A. Linda does.
7. “I regret for what I have done to you.” B. Tanti does.
The underlined word has a similar meaning C. Linda’s parents do.
to ________. D. Tanti’s parents do.
A. worry B. be frightened
C. confuse D. be sorry

216 Latihan Ulangan Semester


Jawaban: B tersebut tentang mengundang seseorang
Dalam surat, pesan, atau kartu, pengirim (invite someone). Pilihan jawaban (A)
(sender) umumnya mencantumkan artinya meminta informasi, (B) artinya
namanya di bagian akhir surat, pesan, memberi selamat kepada seseorang, dan
atau kartu. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa (D) artinya memperkenalkan seseorang.
yang mengirim pesan tersebut adalah
12. ________ is a long holiday.
Tanti. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
A. The following day
karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
B. Next week
10. “Please send my warmest regards to all of C. Next month
your family.” D. This year
The opposite meaning of the underlined Jawaban: B
word is ________. Jawaban disimpulkan dari keterangan
A. best B. rudest waktu ’next week’ dalam kalimat ”Anyway,
C. greatest D. coolest next week is a long holiday.” yang artinya
Jawaban: B ”Omong-omong, minggu depan adalah
Kata ’warmest’ artinya ’paling hangat’. libur panjang.”. Pilihan jawaban yang
Kata ini berlawanan makna dengan kata sesuai dengan keterangan waktu itu
rudest yang artinya paling kasar. Pilihan adalah (B) Next week yang artinya minggu
jawaban (A) artinya paling baik, (C) artinya depan. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya lusa,
paling besar/hebat, dan (D) artinya paling (C) artinya bulan depan, dan (D) artinya
keren. tahun ini.
Read the text and answer questions 11 to 13. 13. “I will take you around some interesting
places here.”
The underlined word means ________.
Dear Sandra, A. attractive
B. clean
How are you now? I hope you are just
C. boring
fine.
D. dull
Anyway, next week is a long holiday.
Jawaban: A
Do you have a plan to spend the days?
Kata ’interesting’ artinya ’menarik’. Kata ini
If you don’t, I like to invite you to visit me.
juga berarti attractive yang artinya juga
I will take you around some interesting
menarik. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya
places here. I am sure you will love it. What
bersih, (C) artinya membosankan, dan
do you think?
(D) artinya tidak menarik.
That’s what I want to tell you. Reply
me soon, O.K.? Read the text and answer questions 14 and
15.
Your friend,
Mia
To: Vira
11. What is the text about?
A. To ask for information. I put your mathematics
B. To congratulate someone. book on your desk. Thank
C. To invite someone. you very much. Sorry,
D. To introduce someone. I couldn’t give it directly
Jawaban: C to you. I have to go home
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”. . . , earlier.
I like to invite you to visit me.” yang artinya Leoni
”. . . , saya ingin mengundangmu untuk
berkunjung ke tempat saya.”. Jadi, isi teks

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 217


14. From the text, we can conclude that C. Step forward, please.
________. D. Clean the blackboard, please.
A. Vira borrows Leoni’s book Jawaban: A
B. Vira goes home earlier Berdasarkan gerakan tangan guru, dapat
C. Leoni lends her mathematics book disimpulkan bahwa guru itu menyuruh
D. Vira is not in the classroom siswa untuk berdiri. Jadi, ungkapan yang
Jawaban: D benar adalah Stand up, please. Pilihan
Pernyataan yang dapat disimpulkan dari isi jawaban (B) artinya silakan duduk,
teks tersebut adalah Vira tidak di kelas (C) artinya silakan maju, dan (D) artinya
(Vira is not in the classroom). Leoni tidak tolong, bersihkan papan tulis.
menemukan Vira di kelas sehingga dia
17. Mother : Where are you going, dear?
menulis pesan. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang
Vina : I’m going to see a film, Mom.
artinya Vira meminjam buku Leoni salah
Mother : ________ Mom and Dad will go
karena Leonilah yang meminjam buku
to the supermarket. You should
Vira, (B) yang artinya Vira pulang lebih
take care of your little sister.
awal salah karena yang pulang lebih awal
A. Please go now.
adalah Leoni, dan (C) yang artinya Leoni
B. Take care.
meminjamkan buku matematikanya salah
C. Don’t go anywhere.
karena yang meminjamkan buku
D. You may go now.
matematika adalah Vira.
Jawaban: C
15. “Sorry, I can’t give it directly to you.” Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat
What does the underlined word refer to? sesudahnya yang artinya ”Ibu dan ayah
A. A book. akan pergi ke supermarket. Kamu harus
B. A note. menjaga adik perempuanmu.”. Dengan
C. Leoni’s house. kata lain, ibu tidak mengizinkan Vina untuk
D. A mathematics book. pergi menonton film. Ungkapan yang tepat
Jawaban: D diucapkan ibu adalah ”Don’t go anywhere.”
Objek pronoun ’it’ mengacu pada benda yang artinya ”Jangan pergi kemana-
yang akan diberikan Leoni kepada Vira, mana.”. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya
yang disimpulkan dari kalimat awal teks, pergilah sekarang, (B) artinya berhati-
yaitu ”I put your mathematics book on your hatilah, dan (D) artinya kamu boleh pergi
desk.” yang artinya ”Aku meletakkan buku sekarang.
matematikamu di atas mejamu.”. Jadi, ’it’
18. Donna : Sari, thank you very much for the
mengacu pada buku matematika. Pilihan
gift. It’s beautiful.
jawaban (A) artinya buku (terlalu umum),
Sari : ________
sedangkan (B) yang artinya pesan dan
A. Excuse me.
(C) yang artinya rumah Leoni salah karena
B. You are welcome.
tidak disebutkan dalam pesan itu.
C. Please forgive me.
16. Look at the picture. D. I’m positive
Jawaban: B
Kalimat yang diucapkan Donna artinya
”Sari, terima kasih banyak atas hadiahnya.
Itu sangat indah.”. Kalimat yang tepat
untuk merespons ungkapan terima kasih
adalah You are welcome yang artinya
sama-sama. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya
What does the teacher probably say? permisi, (C) artinya tolong, maafkan saya,
A. Stand up, please. dan (D) artinya saya yakin.
B. Sit down, please.

218 Latihan Ulangan Semester


19. Ranti : I’m sorry, I broke your ruler. 21. What is the dialog about?
Angga : ________ A. Greeting someone.
A. Thank you. B. Asking for information.
B. Never mind. C. Introducing someone to another.
C. Please excuse me. D. Introducing oneself to another.
D. That’s great! Jawaban: D
Jawaban: B Secara garis besar, percakapan tersebut
Kalimat yang diucapkan Ranti artinya ”Aku tentang perkenalan diri sendiri kepada
minta maaf, aku mematahkan penggaris- orang lain (introducing oneself to another),
mu.”. Kalimat yang tepat untuk merespons yaitu Seno memperkenalkan dirinya
ungkapan permintaan maaf adalah Never kepada Ryan, begitu pula sebaliknya.
mind yang artinya tidak apa-apa. Pilihan Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya menyapa
jawaban (A) artinya terima kasih, seseorang, (B) artinya meminta informasi,
(C) artinya permisi, dan (D) artinya bagus. dan (C) artinya memperkenalkan
seseorang kepada orang lain.
20. Mother : It’s time for you to go to bed, dear.
Sari : You’re right, Mom. I’ll go to sleep 22. Seno meets Ryan ________.
now. A. in the classroom
Mother : ________ Have a nice dream. B. in the school hall
A. Goodbye. C. at the school yard
B. Take care. D. in the library
C. Good night. Jawaban: C
D. See you. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”They
Jawaban: C meet at the school yard . . . .”. Pilihan
Konteks percakapan tersebut adalah pada jawaban (A) artinya ruang kelas,
malam hari. Ibu menyuruh Sari untuk (B) artinya aula sekolah, dan (D) artinya
segera tidur. Salam perpisahan yang tepat perpustakaan.
diucapkan ibu ketika Sari hendak pergi
23. The dialog happens ________.
tidur adalah Good night. Pilihan jawaban
A. in the morning
(A) artinya selamat tinggal (diucapkan
B. in the afternoon
ketika berpisah dengan seseorang setelah
C. in the evening
mereka bertemu), (B) artinya berhati-
D. at midnight
hatilah (diucapkan kepada seseorang yang
Jawaban: A
hendak pergi untuk menunjukkan rasa
Jawaban disimpulkan dari klausa
simpati), dan (D) artinya sampai jumpa
keterangan waktu, yaitu ”. . . before the
(diucapkan ketika hendak berpisah dengan
class begins.” yang artinya “ . . . sebelum
seseorang dan ada harapan/kemungkinan
kelas/pelajaran dimulai.”. Jadi, dapat
untuk bertemu kembali).
disimpulkan bahwa percakapan itu terjadi
Read the dialog and answer questions 21 to pada pagi hari (in the morning). Pilihan
23. jawaban (B) artinya pada siang/sore hari,
(C) artinya pada petang hari, dan
It is the first day at junior high school. Seno and
(D) artinya pada tengah malam.
Ryan are new students. They meet at the
school yard before the class begins. 24. Teacher : Look! The blackboard is dirty.
Seno : Hello, I am Seno. What is your name? ________
Ryan : Hello, I am Ryan. Nice to meet you, Student : Yes, Ma’am.
Seno. A. Thank you very much.
Seno : Nice to meet you too. Are you in the B. I’m really sorry to hear it.
seventh grade? C. Clean it up, please.
Ryan : I am. I’m in Class VIIA. D. Take me some chalk, please.
Seno : Me, too. We are classmates, then.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 219


Jawaban: C Jawaban: B
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat Kalimat soal artinya ”Benda-benda berikut
sebelumnya, yaitu ”The blackboard is dapat kita temukan di kelas, kecuali . . . . ”.
dirty.”. Jadi, ungkapan yang tepat Benda yang tidak ada di kelas adalah
diucapkan guru adalah meminta muridnya pillow yang artinya bantal. Pilihan jawaban
untuk membersihkan papan tulis, yaitu (A) artinya kapur tulis, (C) artinya
Clean it up, please. Pilihan jawaban penghapus papan tulis, dan (D) artinya
(A) artinya terima kasih banyak (ungkapan papan tulis.
terima kasih), (B) artinya saya ikut sedih
28. How many bikes are there in the picture?
mendengarnya (ungkapan simpati), dan
(D) artinya tolong, ambilkan beberapa
kapur tulis.
25. Linda : I really apologize for my mistake.
Mia : ________
Picture source: www.img_alibaba_com
A. Thank you.
B. My pleasure. A. Four. B. Six
C. It’s all right. C. Eight. D. Ten.
D. You are welcome. Jawaban: B
Jawaban: C Berdasarkan gambar, sepeda tersebut
Dalam percakapan itu, Linda meminta berjumlah enam (six). Pilihan jawaban
maaf kepada Mia. Respons yang tepat (A) artinya empat, (C) artinya delapan,
diucapkan Mia adalah It’s all right yang dan (D) artinya sepuluh.
artinya tidak apa-apa. Pilihan jawaban
29. Lina : What are you doing every Sunday
(A) artinya terima kasih (ungkapan terima
morning?
kasih), (B) artinya dengan senang hati
Seno : I ________ go jogging in the park.
(respons dari ungkapan meminta sesuatu
A. ever
atau meminta seseorang melakukan
B. seldom
sesuatu), dan (D) artinya sama-sama
C. always
(respons dari ungkapan terima kasih).
D. never
26. Look at the picture. Jawaban: C
What does the man do? Jawaban disimpulkan dari frasa keterangan
A. He is a judge. waktu ’every Sunday morning’ yang artinya
B. He is an architect. ’setiap Minggu pagi’. Jadi, kata keterangan
C. He is a teacher. frekuensi yang tepat melengkapi kalimat
D. He is a teller. Seno adalah always karena dilakukan
Jawaban: A setiap hari Minggu. Pilihan jawaban (A)
Kalimat tanya ”What Picture source: artinya pernah, (B) artinya jarang, dan
does/do . . . do?” www.accessatlanta.com (D) artinya tidak pernah.
digunakan untuk menanyakan pekerjaan/
30. Rika : Where is your new bike?
profesi seseorang. Berdasarkan gambar,
Tiara : Over there, near the fence.
profesi orang itu adalah seorang hakim
________ my new bike.
(a judge). Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya dia
A. Those are
seorang arsitek (perancang bangunan),
B. This is
(C) artinya dia seorang guru, dan
C. These are
(D) artinya dia seorang pegawai bank.
D. That is
27. You can find these following items in Jawaban: D
a classroom, except ________. Jawaban disimpulkan dari jumlah benda,
A. chalk B. a pillow yaitu satu (sepeda baru Tiara) dan frasa
C. an eraser D. a blackboard keterangan tempat ’over there’ yang

220 Latihan Ulangan Semester


artinya ’sebelah sana’, sehingga dapat Adi : So, you are the ________ child in
disimpulkan bahwa sepeda baru Tiara your family.
terletak jauh dari mereka. Dengan Leo : That’s right.
demikian, kata yang tepat melengkapi A. first
kalimat Tiara adalah That is. Pilihan B. second
jawaban (A) yang artinya itu digunakan C. third
apabila benda tersebut berjumlah lebih D. fourth
dari satu dan letaknya jauh dari Jawaban: B
pembicara, (B) yang artinya ini digunakan Berdasarkan jawaban Leo yang artinya
apabila benda tersebut berjumlah satu dan ”Saya mempunyai seorang kakak laki-laki
letaknya dekat dengan pembicara, dan dan seorang adik perempuan”, dapat
(C) yang artinya ini digunakan apabila disimpulkan bahwa Leo adalah anak
benda tersebut berjumlah lebih dari satu kedua (second). Pilihan jawaban
dan letaknya dekat dengan pembicara. (A) artinya pertama, (C) artinya ketiga,
dan (D) artinya keempat.
31. Linda : I found a blue pencil-case under
my desk. Do you know the owner? 34. Dina : What time do you usually take
Seno : ________ pencil-case is mine. a nap?
Perhaps I dropped it. Tiara : I usually take a nap at ________.
A. A A. half past one
B. An B. half past two
C. The C. a quarter to two
D. Is D. a quarter past one
Jawaban: C Jawaban: A
Kalimat soal membutuhkan artikel (a, an, Berdasarkan gambar, jam tersebut
the). Karena kotak pensil yang dimaksud menunjukkan pukul 1:30 (half past one).
sudah jelas dan spesifik, yaitu kotak pensil Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya 2:30, (C)
milik Seno, artikel yang tepat adalah the. artinya 1:45, dan (D) artinya 1:15.
Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (B) adalah artikel
35. Sinta : Do you know where Tio and Nina
untuk benda yang belum spesifik,
are?
sedangkan (D) bukan artikel melainkan
Arman : I guess, ________ are in the
verb ’be’.
library.
32. Erika has a nice bracelet. She wears it on A. we B. you
her right ________. C. they D. them
A. wrist Jawaban: C
B. ear Subject pronoun yang tepat melengkapi
C. foot kalimat soal adalah they karena meng-
D. hand gantikan kata ganti orang ketiga jamak
Jawaban: A (plural), yaitu Tio and Nina. Pilihan
Kalimat soal berarti ”Erika mempunyai jawaban (A) adalah kata ganti orang kedua
gelang yang bagus. Dia memakainya di jamak, (B) adalah kata ganti orang kedua
. . . kanan.”. Jadi, kata yang tepat untuk tunggal/jamak, dan (D) adalah object
melengkapi kalimat itu adalah pergelangan pronoun untuk subjek they.
tangan (wrist). Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya
36. Dion : Where ________ the students of
telinga, (C) artinya kaki, dan (D) artinya
Class VIIA?
tangan beserta jari-jarinya.
Nela : I’m sorry, I don’t know.
33. Adi : How many brothers or sisters do A. is B. are
you have? C. was D. were
Leo : Well, I have an elder brother and
a younger sister.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 221


Jawaban: B 39. Ira : Vina, is it my workbook?
Kalimat soal berbentuk the simple present Vina : No, it is not. It is mine and that is
tense berupa kalimat tanya dengan subjek ________.
jamak, yaitu ’the students of Class VIIA’. A. her
Jadi, kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi B. your
kalimat soal adalah are. Pilihan jawaban C. hers
(A) untuk subjek tunggal, sedangkan D. yours
(C) dan (D) adalah be untuk kalimat dalam Jawaban: D
the simple past tense. Dalam percakapan, Ira bertanya, ”Vina,
apakah buku tugas ini milikku?”. Kalimat
37. Vera : What do you do on Sunday
soal memerlukan objek berbentuk
morning?
possessive pronoun untuk menggantikan
Dina : I always ________ my parents
benda milik lawan bicara, yaitu yours yang
cleaning the house, like sweeping
artinya kepunyaanmu. Pilihan jawaban
the yard and mopping the floor.
(A) adalah object pronoun atau possessive
A. help
adjective dari she (orang ketiga tunggal),
B. helps
(B) adalah possessive adjective dari you
C. is helping
(orang kedua tunggal/jamak), dan
D. helped
(C) adalah possessive pronoun dari
Jawaban: A
she (orang ketiga tunggal).
Kalimat soal menjelaskan kebiasaan
(habit), yaitu kegiatan pada hari Minggu 40. Eka : Where does your grandmother live?
pagi. Kalimat yang menyatakan kebiasaan Tia : She lives in Surabaya. I always visit
menggunakan bentuk the simple present ________ every long holiday.
tense dengan pola dasar: Subject + verb-s/ A. her
-es + object/complement. Jadi, kata kerja B. them
yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat C. theirs
tersebut dalam the simple present tense D. hers
adalah help karena subjek ’I’ merupakan Jawaban: A
kata ganti orang pertama tunggal. Pilihan Dalam percakapan, Eka menanyakan
jawaban (B) digunakan untuk subjek he, tempat tinggal nenek Tia. Tia menjawab
she, it, (C) pada kalimat berbentuk the kalau neneknya tinggal di Surabaya dan
simple present continuous (sedang dia selalu mengunjunginya setiap libur
berlangsung), dan (D) digunakan pada panjang. Kalimat soal memerlukan object
kalimat berbentuk the simple past tense pronoun. Karena menggantikan kata
(telah terjadi pada masa lampau). nenek, object pronoun yang tepat untuk
melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah her.
38. Doni : Where are my shoes?
Object pronoun tersebut merupakan kata
Mother : Look! They are ________ your
ganti orang ketiga tunggal perempuan.
bed.
Pilihan jawaban (B) adalah object pronoun
A. on
untuk orang ketiga jamak, (C) adalah
B. under
possessive pronoun dari ’they’, dan
C. below
(D) adalah possessive pronoun dari ’she’.
D. between
Jawaban: B 41. Vika : Can you show me where the
Berdasarkan gambar tersebut, sepasang headmaster’s office is?
sepatu itu terletak di bawah (under) tempat Nina : ________. It’s next to the teachers’
tidur. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. On office, in front of the library.
artinya di atau di atas, below artinya A. Thank you
di bawah, dan between artinya di antara B. Certainly
(dua benda). C. Here you are
D. Sorry, I don’t know

222 Latihan Ulangan Semester


Jawaban: B bantuannya, (B) artinya Keiko meminta
Dalam percakapan, Vika menanyakan Marni melakukan sesuatu, dan (C) artinya
letak kantor kepala sekolah dan Nina Marni meminta Keiko untuk tidak
menjelaskan letak kantor itu. Nina dengan melakukan sesuatu.
senang hati menjawab pertanyaan Vika,
sehingga ungkapan yang benar diucapkan For questions 44 to 46, choose the suitable
oleh Nina adalah Certainly yang artinya words to complete the text below.
tentu saja. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya
terima kasih (ungkapan terima kasih),
Dear Sarah,
(C) artinya silahkan (ungkapan respons
atas permintaan sesuatu), dan (D) artinya How are you now? I am just fine.
maaf, saya tidak tahu (ungkapan Recently, I am busy with school stuff.
permintaan maaf). I always ________ (44) homework every
day. I have to wake up earlier every
42. Dino : Seno, where do you live?
morning so that I will not be late to school.
Seno : I live at Jalan Kemuning number 25.
You know, my school is quite far from my
Dino : It’s quite far from school. Then,
house and I take a bus. But I really enjoy it.
how do you go to school?
Recently, ________ (45) new things in my
Seno : I usually go to school by bus.
school, like new friends, new teachers and
What is the text about?
new lessons. How about yours?
A. Requesting something.
That’s my letter for today. Send my
B. Asking for and giving information.
best regard to ________ (46) parents.
C. Answering someone’s question.
D. Asking for and giving something. Best regards,
Jawaban: B Dini
Dalam percakapan itu, Dino bertanya
beberapa hal kepada Seno, yaitu 44. A. have
mengenai tempat tinggalnya dan cara dia B. has
berangkat ke sekolah. Jadi, percakapan itu C. does
tentang meminta dan memberi informasi D. is
(asking for and giving information). Pilihan Jawaban: A
jawaban (A) artinya meminta sesuatu, Kalimat ”I always . . . homework every
(C) artinya menjawab pertanyaan day.” yang artinya ”Saya selalu . . .
seseorang (terlalu sempit), dan pekerjaan rumah setiap hari.” memerlukan
(D) artinya meminta dan memberi sesuatu. kata kerja present karena kalimat tersebut
menerangkan fakta (berpola the simple
43. Marni : Could you pass the paper, please?
present tense). Kata yang benar adalah
Keiko : Sure. Here you are.
have yang artinya mempunyai. Pilihan
What does the underlined sentence mean?
jawaban (B) has salah karena digunakan
A. Marni thanks Keiko for helping her.
apabila subjek kalimat he, she, it, atau
B. Keiko asks Marni to do something.
subjek ketiga tunggal. Pilihan jawaban
C. Marni asks Keiko not to do something.
(C) dan (D) salah karena bukan kata kerja,
D. Marni asks Keiko to do something.
melainkan kata kerja bantu (verb ’be’).
Jawaban: D
Kalimat yang digarisbawahi berarti 45. A. there are
”Bisakah kamu mengambilkan kertas itu?”. B. there isn’t
Kalimat tersebut diucapkan Marni dengan C. there is
maksud meminta Keiko untuk melakukan D. there aren’t
sesuatu (Marni asks Keiko to do Jawaban: A
something). Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya Kalimat ”. . . always new things in my
Marni berterima kasih kepada Keiko atas school, like new friends, new teachers and
new lessons.” memerlukan demonstrative

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 223


pronoun. Karena obyek kalimat menyebut- 48. really – am – I – breaking – sorry for – ruler
kan lebih dari satu hal (frasa ’new things’ 1 2 3 4 5 6
yang artinya ’hal-hal baru’), demonstrative – your
pronoun yang tepat melengkapi kalimat 7
tersebut adalah there are. Pilihan jawaban A. 3–2–1–4–5–7–6
(B) dan (D) salah karena berbentuk B. 3–2–1–5–4–7–6
negative atau penyangkalan. Pilihan C. 5–4–7–1–6–3–2
jawaban (C) salah karena demonstrative D. 5–4–7–6–1–3–2
pronoun tersebut digunakan apabila benda Jawaban: B
atau hal yang disebutkan sesudahnya Kata-kata acak tersebut apabila diurutkan
hanya berjumlah satu. akan membentuk kalimat yang
46. A. you mengungkapkan permintaan maaf.
B. your Susunan kata yang tepat adalah I am
C. their really sorry for breaking your ruler yang
D. my artinya Aku sungguh minta maaf telah
Jawaban: B mematahkan penggarismu. Pilihan
Kalimat ”Send my best regard to . . . jawaban yang lain salah karena
parents.” artinya ”Sampaikan salamku membentuk kalimat yang tidak logis.
kepada orang tua-. . . .”. Kalimat tersebut 49. Choose the best arrangement of the
memerlukan possessive adjective untuk sentences to make a good message.
menjelaskan orang tua yang dimaksud. 1. My friends and I will go to see a book
Karena surat ini dikirimkan kepada Dini fair after school.
dan disebut oleh penulis dengan ’you’, 2. Dear Mom,
possessive adjective yang tepat adalah 3. I will come home from school late.
your yang artinya -mu. Pilihan jawaban 4. Love, Tiara.
(A) salah karena bukan possessive
A. 1–2–3–4
pronouns, sedangkan pilihan jawaban
B. 2–1–3–4
(C) artinya (orang tua) mereka, dan
C. 2–4–1–3
(D) artinya -ku.
D. 3–4–2–1
Jawaban: B
For questions 47 and 48, choose the best
Penulisan pesan diawali dengan salam
arrangement of the words to make correct
pembuka, yaitu Dear Mom, lalu diikuti
sentences.
dengan isi pesan, yaitu My friends and
47. leave – front – open – door – never– the I will go to see a book fair after school.
1 2 3 4 5 6 I will come home from school late. Pesan
A. 1–6–2–4–5–3 tersebut ditutup dengan salam penutup
B. 3–6–2–3–5–1 yang diikuti dengan nama pengirim, yaitu
C. 5–1–6–2–4–3 Love, Tiara. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
D. 5–1–6–3–4–2 salah karena bukan urutan yang benar.
Jawaban: C 50. Choose the best arrangement of the
Kata-kata acak tersebut apabila diurutkan sentences to make a good dialog.
akan membentuk kalimat permintaan untuk 1. Dian : Oh, gosh! I’m really sorry,
tidak melakukan sesuatu. Susunan kata Mom. I forgot to buy the
yang benar adalah Never leave the front sugar.
door open yang artinya Jangan pernah 2. Mother : Just like what I’ve guessed.
membiarkan pintu depan terbuka. Pilihan Luckily, I still have some.
jawaban yang lain salah karena
membentuk kalimat yang tidak logis.

224 Latihan Ulangan Semester


3. Dian : Hello, Mom! I’m coming Jawaban: C
home. Percakapan tersebut diawali dengan
4. Mother : Thank you, Dear. kalimat salam dan sapaan yang diucapkan
5. Dian : Don’t worry, Mom. I’ll go and Dian (nomor 3) yang direspons ibunya, lalu
buy it now. ibu bertanya apakah Dian memperoleh
6. Mother : Hello, Dear. Have you got yang dimintanya (nomor 6), diikuti
what I have asked you to permintaan maaf Dian karena telah lupa
buy? membelinya (nomor 1) dan ibunya
A. 2–4–5–1–3–6 mengatakan untunglah dia masih punya
B. 2–4–5–3–6–1 sedikit (nomor 2). Setelah itu, Dian berjanji
C. 3–6–1–2–5–4 akan membeli gula sekarang juga (nomor
D. 3–6–1–4–5–2 5) dan ibunya berterima kasih kepada Dian
(nomor 4). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena membentuk percakapan yang tidak
runtut dan logis.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1 225


Aryanto, S. 2008. A Series of Grammar: Introducing Tense (Memperkenalkan Tense). Bandung: Pakar
Raya.
Blundell, J., J. Higgens and N. Middlemiss. 1992. Function in English. Oxford: Oxford University
Press.
Corbeil, J.C. and A. Archambault. 2004. Kamus Visual Edisi Terbaru Indonesia–Inggris. Indonesia:
Buana Ilmu Populer.
Echols, J. M. and H. Shadily. 1989. Kamus Inggris-Indonesia. Jakarta: Gramedia Pustaka Utama.
Hornby, A.S. 2002. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Mustriana, B. Bima. 2008. A Series of Daily Expressions: Study Transactional Dialogs (Belajar
Percakapan Transaksional). Bandung: Pakar Raya.
Prieto, M., L. Robbins. 2006. English Zone Student Book 2. New York: The McGrawHill Companies
Priyana, J., Riandi, and A.P. Mumpuni. 2008. Scaffolding English for Junior High school Students
Grade VII. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.
Wardiman, A., M.B. Jahur, M. Sukirman Djusma. 2008. English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High
School (SMP/MTs). Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.

226 LatihanPustaka
Daftar Ulangan Semester